Download
Share
Print this page
Keysight X-Series User Reference
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Keysight Manuals
  4. Measuring Instruments
  5. x-series
  6. User reference

Keysight X-Series User Reference

Signal analyzers 5g nr mode
Hide thumbs Also See for X-Series:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
X-Series Signal Analyzers
5G NR Mode
E6680A E6681A E7515B
M9410A M9411A M9415A M9420A
N9020B N9021B N9030B N9032B N9040B N9041B N9042B
USER'S & PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE

Advertisement

loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the X-Series and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Subscribe to Our Youtube Channel

Related Manuals for Keysight X-Series

Summary of Contents for Keysight X-Series

  • Page 1 X-Series Signal Analyzers 5G NR Mode E6680A E6681A E7515B M9410A M9411A M9415A M9420A N9020B N9021B N9030B N9032B N9040B N9041B N9042B USER'S & PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE...
  • Page 2 EULA represents the WiMAX and Mobile WiMAX are US INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN. exclusive authority by which the US SHOULD KEYSIGHT AND THE USER HAVE A trademarks of the WiMAX Forum. government may use, modify, distribute, or SEPARATE WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH disclose the Software.
  • Page 3 X-Series Signal Analyzers 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference Table Of Contents 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference Table Of Contents 1 Documentation Roadmap 1.1 Products Covered by this Document 1.2 Additional Documentation 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs 2.1.1 Mode/Meas/View Dialog 2.1.1.1 Mode...
  • Page 4 Table Of Contents 2.3.1 Window Title 2.3.2 Measurement Data 2.3.3 Annotation Hotspot 2.4 Control Bar 2.4.1 Windows 2.4.2 Undo/Redo 2.4.3 File Functions 2.4.3.1 File Explorer 2.4.4 Help 2.4.5 Status Bar 2.4.6 Block Diagram 2.4.7 View Editor 2.4.7.1 To Create a User View 2.4.7.2 To Resize or Rearrange Windows in a View 2.4.7.3 To Undock and Redock Windows 2.4.7.4 To Delete a Window from a View...
  • Page 5 Table Of Contents 2.5.2 User Menu 2.6 Cancel key 2.7 Onscreen Keyboard key 2.8 Touch On/Off Key 2.9 Tab key 2.10 Local Button 3 5G NR Mode 3.1 Measurement Commands 3.2 Channel Power Measurement 3.2.1 Views 3.2.1.1 Normal 3.2.1.2 Carrier Info 3.2.2 Windows 3.2.2.1 Graph 3.2.2.2 Metrics...
  • Page 6 Table Of Contents Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping Peak-to-Average Ratio Mixer Lvl Offset 3.2.3.4 Signal Path Presel Center Preselector Adjust Internal Preamp µW Path Control Allow Full Bypass in Auto Software Preselection SW Preselection Type SW Preselection BW High Freq Prefilter 3.2.4 BW 3.2.4.1 Settings Res BW...
  • Page 7 Table Of Contents 3.2.6.1 Settings Carrier Reference Frequency Center Frequency Span CF Step Freq Offset Full Span (Remote Command Only) 3.2.7 Marker 3.2.7.1 Select Marker 3.2.7.2 Settings Marker Frequency Marker Mode Delta Marker (Reset Delta) Marker Settings Diagram All Markers Off 3.2.7.3 Peak Search Marker Frequency Peak Search...
  • Page 8 Table Of Contents Configure Comp Carriers Configure CCs Number of Component Carriers Auto Frequency Offset Carrier Allocation Non-Contiguous Break at Measure Carrier Sidelink Bandwidth Freq Range Freq Offset Cell ID Auto Cell ID Value Demod Spectrum CHP Power Integration Bandwidth ACP Power Integration Bandwidth SEM Power Integration Bandwidth SCS (Power Meas)
  • Page 9 Table Of Contents 3.2.8.5 Advanced Phase Noise Optimization Noise Floor Extension 3.2.8.6 Global Global Center Freq Global EMC Std Extend Low Band Restore Defaults 3.2.9 Sweep 3.2.9.1 Sweep/Control Sweep Time Minimum Acquisition Time Sweep/Measure Restart Pause/Resume Abort (Remote Command Only) Sweep Time Annotation (Remote Command Only) 3.2.9.2 Sweep Config Sweep Time Rules...
  • Page 10 Table Of Contents 3.2.10.6 Advanced Measure Trace 3.3 Occupied BW Measurement 3.3.1 Views 3.3.1.1 OBW Results 3.3.1.2 OBW Boundaries 3.3.2 Windows 3.3.2.1 Graph 3.3.2.2 Metrics - OBW Results 3.3.2.3 Metrics - OBW Boundaries 3.3.2.4 Gate 3.3.3 Amplitude 3.3.3.1 Y Scale Ref Value Scale/Div Scale Range...
  • Page 11 Table Of Contents µW Path Control Allow Full Bypass in Auto Software Preselection SW Preselection Type SW Preselection BW High Freq Prefilter 3.3.4 BW 3.3.4.1 Settings Res BW Video BW RBW Filter Type 3.3.5 Display 3.3.5.1 Meas Display x dB BW Boundaries On/Off Boundary Frequency 3.3.5.2 View Views...
  • Page 12 Table Of Contents Freq Offset Full Span (Remote Command Only) 3.3.7 Marker 3.3.7.1 Select Marker 3.3.7.2 Settings Marker Frequency Marker Mode Delta Marker (Reset Delta) Marker Settings Diagram All Markers Off 3.3.7.3 Peak Search Marker Frequency Peak Search Marker Delta 3.3.7.4 Properties Marker Frequency Relative To...
  • Page 13 Table Of Contents Non-Contiguous Break at Configure Comp Carriers Configure CCs Number of Component Carriers Auto Frequency Offset Carrier Allocation Non-Contiguous Break at Measure Carrier Sidelink Bandwidth Freq Range Freq Offset Cell ID Auto Cell ID Value Demod Spectrum CHP Power Integration Bandwidth ACP Power Integration Bandwidth SEM Power Integration Bandwidth SCS (Power Meas)
  • Page 14 Table Of Contents 3.3.8.6 Advanced Noise Floor Extension IF Gain 3.3.8.7 Global Global Center Freq Global EMC Std Extend Low Band Restore Defaults 3.3.9 Sweep 3.3.9.1 Sweep/Control Sweep Time Minimum Acquisition Time Sweep/Measure Restart Pause/Resume Abort (Remote Command Only) Sweep Time Annotation (Remote Command Only) 3.3.9.2 Sweep Config Sweep Time Rules Points...
  • Page 15 Table Of Contents Detector Select Auto/Man 3.3.10.6 Advanced Measure Trace 3.4 ACP Measurement 3.4.1 Views 3.4.1.1 Normal 3.4.1.2 Carrier Info 3.4.2 Windows 3.4.2.1 Graph 3.4.2.2 Metrics 3.4.2.3 Gate 3.4.3 Amplitude 3.4.3.1 Y Scale Ref Value Scale/Div Scale Range Ref Position Auto Scaling 3.4.3.2 Attenuation Full Range Atten...
  • Page 16 Table Of Contents Allow Full Bypass in Auto Software Preselection SW Preselection Type SW Preselection BW High Freq Prefilter 3.4.4 BW 3.4.4.1 Settings Res BW Video BW RBW Filter Type RBW Filter BW 3.4.5 Display 3.4.5.1 Meas Display Bar Graph On/Off Power Results Carrier Frequency Type 3.4.5.2 View...
  • Page 17 Table Of Contents 3.4.7.2 Settings Marker Frequency Marker Mode Delta Marker (Reset Delta) Marker Settings Diagram All Markers Off Couple Markers 3.4.7.3 Peak Search Marker Frequency Peak Search Next Peak Next Pk Right Next Pk Left Minimum Peak Pk-Pk Search Marker Delta 3.4.7.4 Properties Marker Frequency...
  • Page 18 Table Of Contents Offset Side Method Filter Alpha Advanced (Offset) Offset Freq Res BW Video BW Filter Type Filter BW Limits Limit Test Offset Freq Abs Limit Rel Limit (Car) Positive Offset Limit (Remote Command only) Negative Offset Limit(Remote Command only) Rel Limit (PSD) Fail Mask Inner Offset...
  • Page 19 Table Of Contents Auto Frequency Offset Carrier Allocation Non-Contiguous Break at Measure Carrier Bandwidth Freq Range Freq Offset Demod Spectrum CHP Power Integration Bandwidth ACP Power Integration Bandwidth SEM Power Integration Bandwidth Offset Offset Frequency Define Offset Freq Integ BW Offset Side Method Filter Alpha...
  • Page 20 Table Of Contents Offset Freq Abs Limit Rel Limit (Car) Rel Limit (PSD) Fail Mask Reference Carrier (Carrier Index) Measurement Type Power Ref Total Power Ref PSD Ref PSD Unit 3.4.8.3 Radio Direction Interfering Signal Present Freq Offset From Edge Span Offset Side Non-Contiguous Interference Region...
  • Page 21 Table Of Contents DL FR1 NR-TM Reference Standard Selection OFDM Type Adjust Limit Mask for Freq Range BS Type BS Category Assumed Adjacent Channels UE Power Class Uplink Channel Type More Advanced Preset Parameters Include RB Alloc Preset for Mod Analysis Include Gate Source Include Periodic Timer Period Include Periodic Timer Sync Source...
  • Page 22 Table Of Contents 3.4.8.10 Method for Carrier (Backward Compatibility SCPI) 3.4.9 Sweep 3.4.9.1 Sweep/Control Sweep Time Minimum Acquisition Time Sweep/Measure Restart Pause/Resume Abort (Remote Command Only) Sweep Time Annotation (Remote Command Only) 3.4.9.2 Sweep Config Sweep Time Rules Points Auto Sweep Points 3.4.9.3 X Scale Auto Scaling 3.4.10 Trace...
  • Page 23 Table Of Contents 3.5.1.1 Abs Pwr Freq 3.5.1.2 Rel Pwr Freq 3.5.1.3 Integrated Power 3.5.1.4 Carrier Info 3.5.2 Windows 3.5.2.1 Graph Graph Window in Abs Pwr Freq View Graph Window in Rel Pwr Freq View Graph Window in Integrated Power View Graph Window in Carrier Info View 3.5.2.2 Table Table Window in Abs Pwr Freq View...
  • Page 24 Table Of Contents Presel Center Preselector Adjust Internal Preamp µW Path Control Allow Full Bypass in Auto Software Preselection SW Preselection Type SW Preselection BW High Freq Prefilter 3.5.4 BW 3.5.4.1 Settings RBW Filter Type 3.5.5 Display 3.5.5.1 Meas Display Limit Lines Carrier Frequency Type 3.5.5.2 View...
  • Page 25 Table Of Contents 3.5.7 Marker 3.5.7.1 Select Marker 3.5.7.2 Settings Marker Frequency Marker Mode All Markers Off Couple Markers 3.5.7.3 Properties Marker Frequency Marker Trace 3.5.8 Meas Setup 3.5.8.1 Settings Avg/Hold Num Continue Averaging SEM Terminal Count (Remote Command Only) Averaging On/Off Meas Method RRC Filter Alpha...
  • Page 26 Table Of Contents Abs Stop Rel Start Rel Stop 1000 Fail Mask 1003 Show Abs2 Limit 1004 Abs2 Start 1005 Abs2 Stop 1005 Fail Mask2 1006 Inner Offset (BW) 1007 Offset Freq Define 1008 Offset Detector 1010 Cumulate Mask 1010 Cumulate Mask Stop Frequency 1011 Start Freq...
  • Page 27 Table Of Contents Res BW 1035 Video BW 1036 VBW/RBW 1037 Channel Detector 1038 Reference Carrier Average Type (Remote Command Only) 1039 Offset/Limits Config Table 1039 3.5.8.3 Reference 1039 Measurement Type 1040 Reference Power 1040 Power Ref 1041 Carrier Index 1047 Total Power Ref 1047...
  • Page 28 Table Of Contents Frequency Range 1063 Duplex Mode 1064 1065 RB Alloc Preset 1066 Advanced Preset Parameters 1068 DL FR1 NR-TM Reference Standard Selection 1068 OFDM Type 1068 Adjust Limit Mask for Freq Range 1069 BS Type 1071 BS Category 1071 Assumed Adjacent Channels 1072...
  • Page 29 Table Of Contents Global Center Freq 1111 Global EMC Std 1112 Extend Low Band 1113 Restore Defaults 1113 3.5.9 Sweep 1113 3.5.9.1 Sweep/Control 1114 Sweep/Measure 1114 Restart 1116 Pause/Resume 1119 Abort (Remote Command Only) 1119 3.5.9.2 X Scale 1120 Ref Value 1120 Scale/Div 1120...
  • Page 30 Table Of Contents 3.6.1.1 Graph + Metrics 1147 3.6.1.2 All Ranges 1147 3.6.2 Windows 1147 3.6.2.1 Graph 1148 3.6.2.2 Table 1149 3.6.2.3 All Range Table 1150 3.6.2.4 Gate 1150 3.6.3 Amplitude 1150 3.6.3.1 Y Scale 1151 Ref Value 1151 Scale/Div 1151 Scale Range 1152...
  • Page 31 Table Of Contents 3.6.4 BW 1193 3.6.5 Display 1193 3.6.5.1 View 1194 Views 1194 Graph + Metrics 1194 All Ranges 1194 User View 1195 Restore Layout to Default 1195 Save Layout as New View 1196 Re-Save User View 1196 Rename User View 1196 Delete User View 1197...
  • Page 32 Table Of Contents 3.6.7.4 Properties 1211 Marker Frequency 1211 Relative To 1211 Marker Trace 1212 Marker Settings Diagram 1213 3.6.8 Meas Setup 1213 3.6.8.1 Settings 1213 Avg/Hold Num 1213 Continue Averaging 1214 Terminal Count (Remote Command Only) 1214 Averaging On/Off 1214 Average Mode 1215...
  • Page 33 Table Of Contents Video BW 1235 Filter Type 1236 Attenuation 1237 IF Gain 1237 Detector/Sweep 1237 Frequency Range 1237 Enabled 1237 Start Freq 1237 Stop Freq 1237 Center Frequency 1237 Span 1238 Sweep Time 1238 Points 1239 Detector 1 1240 Detector 2 1240 Limits...
  • Page 34 Table Of Contents Sidelink 1255 Bandwidth 1256 Freq Range 1256 Freq Offset 1257 Cell ID Auto 1257 Cell ID Value 1257 Demod Spectrum 1258 CHP Power Integration Bandwidth 1258 ACP Power Integration Bandwidth 1259 SEM Power Integration Bandwidth 1260 SCS (Power Meas) 1260 3.6.8.4 Meas Standard 1261...
  • Page 35 Table Of Contents 3.6.8.6 Global 1295 Global Center Freq 1295 Global EMC Std 1296 Extend Low Band 1296 Restore Defaults 1297 3.6.9 Sweep 1297 3.6.9.1 Sweep/Control 1297 Sweep/Measure 1298 Restart 1300 Pause/Resume 1302 Abort (Remote Command Only) 1303 3.6.9.2 Sweep Config 1303 Sweep Type 1304...
  • Page 36 Table Of Contents 3.7.1.5 CC Summary 1398 3.7.1.6 Decode Summary 1398 3.7.1.7 MISO Summary 1399 3.7.1.8 MIMO Summary 1399 3.7.1.9 Auto Detect Summary 1399 3.7.2 Windows 1400 3.7.2.1 Data 1401 Pre Demod 1403 Raw Main Time 1404 Spectrum 1404 Power vs Time 1404 OBW Spectrum 1404...
  • Page 37 Table Of Contents SEM Results 1411 Transmit On/Off Results 1411 Spectrum Flatness Results 1411 ccEVM Summary 1411 Decode 1412 Decoded Info 1412 Decoded Symbols 1412 Decoded Channels 1412 3.7.2.2 Format 1412 3.7.2.3 Component Carrier 1413 3.7.2.4 BWP/SS Block 1413 3.7.2.5 Input Channel 1414 3.7.2.6 Layer 1414...
  • Page 38 Table Of Contents Internal Preamp 1442 1444 µW Path Control 1445 Allow Full Bypass in Auto 1454 Software Preselection 1455 SW Preselection Type 1456 SW Preselection BW 1457 High Freq Prefilter 1458 3.7.4 BW 1459 3.7.5 Display 1459 3.7.5.1 Meas Display 1459 Display Reference BWP/SSB 1459...
  • Page 39 Table Of Contents 3.7.7 Marker 1473 3.7.7.1 Select Marker 1473 3.7.7.2 Settings 1473 Marker X 1473 Marker Z 1474 Marker Y 1475 Marker Y Imag 1475 Marker Mode 1476 Delta Marker (Reset Delta) 1477 Marker Settings Diagram 1477 All Markers Off 1477 Couple Markers 1478...
  • Page 40 Table Of Contents Optimize EVM 1489 Copy CC To 1490 Copy CC Content 1490 Spur Avoidance (VXT2) 1491 EVM Optimization Method 1492 Allow Re-Calculation 1493 Restart Meas on Optimize EVM 1494 Auto Couple 1494 Meas Preset 1495 3.7.8.2 Radio 1495 Direction 1495 MIMO...
  • Page 41 Table Of Contents Number of Component Carriers 1514 Auto Frequency Offset 1514 Carrier Allocation 1515 Non-Contiguous Break at 1515 Measure Carrier 1515 Sidelink 1516 Bandwidth 1516 Freq Range 1516 Freq Offset 1517 Cell ID Auto 1517 Cell ID Value 1518 Demod Spectrum 1518 CHP Power Integration Bandwidth...
  • Page 42 Table Of Contents 1537 uW Path Control 1538 IF Gain 1538 IF Path 1538 3.7.8.4 Meas Time 1539 Search Length 1539 Result Length 1540 Meas Interval Sub Frame 1540 Meas Interval Slot 1540 Meas Interval Symbol 1541 Meas Offset Sub Frame 1541 Meas Offset Slot 1542...
  • Page 43 Table Of Contents Advanced: Advanced Demod Setup 1566 Trigger/Gate Parameters 1568 3.7.8.6 Channel Profile 1569 SSB Auto Detect 1569 PDCCH Auto Detect 1569 PDSCH Auto Detect 1570 PUSCH Auto Detect 1571 PRACH Occasion Auto Detect 1572 Copy Auto -> Manual 1572 Control and User Channels 1572...
  • Page 44 Table Of Contents Slot Offset 1587 Slot Interval 1587 S-SSB Power Boosting 1588 BWP (Downlink) 1588 Resource Map Diagram 1588 Add BWP (GUI only) 1589 Delete BWP 1589 Effective BWP Number (Remote Command only) 1589 Parameter Group (Display only) 1589 State 1590 1590...
  • Page 45 Table Of Contents Effective PDCCH Number (Remote Command only) 1602 Parameter Group (Display only) 1602 State 1603 RNTI 1604 RNTI Type 1604 1605 CORESET 1605 CORESET Index (Remote Command only) 1605 Allocated Slots 1606 First Symbol 1606 Antenna Port 1607 Antenna Port Detection Threshold 1607 Power Boosting...
  • Page 46 Table Of Contents RB Offset 1628 RB Number 1629 VRB to PRB Mapping 1629 VRB to PRB Mapping CORESET 1630 VRB to PRB Interleaver 1630 Allocated Slots 1630 Slot Format 1631 First Symbol 1631 Last Symbol 1631 DMRS Configuration 1632 PDSCH Mapping 1632 DMRS-typeA-pos...
  • Page 47 Table Of Contents Level 1650 1651 RB Bitmap Index 1651 Symbol Bitmap Span 1652 Symbol Bitmap 1652 Periodicity 1652 Periodicity Pattern Bitmap 1653 CSI-RS 1653 Resource Map Diagram 1653 Add CSI-RS (GUI only) 1654 Delete CSI-RS 1654 Clear All (GUI only) 1654 Effective CSI-RS Number (Remote Command only) 1654...
  • Page 48 Table Of Contents Resource Map Diagram 1670 Add PUCCH (GUI only) 1670 Delete PUCCH 1670 Clear All (GUI only) 1670 Effective PUCCH Number (Remote Command only) 1670 Parameter Group (Display only) 1671 State 1672 Format 1672 1672 Interlaced Transmission 1673 RB Set Index 1673 Interlace0...
  • Page 49 Table Of Contents 1691 Modulation 1691 RV Index 1692 TB Size (Display Only) 1692 Precoder Group Size 1693 User Define Size 1693 1693 RA Type 1694 RBG Size 1694 Allocated RBGs 1695 RB Offset 1695 RB Number 1696 Allocated Slots 1696 Slot Format 1696...
  • Page 50 Table Of Contents Reset All (GUI only) 1718 PUSCH (GUI only) 1718 W Matrix 1718 I Value (GUI only) 1719 Q Value (GUI only) 1719 Rate Matching Pattern (Uplink) 1719 Add Rate Matching Pattern (GUI only) 1719 Delete Rate Matching Pattern (GUI only) 1719 Clear All (GUI only) 1720...
  • Page 51 Table Of Contents Parameter Group (Display only) 1734 State 1735 Config Index 1735 Spectrum Type 1736 Format (Display Only) 1736 1769 1770 Restricted Set Config 1770 Msg1 FDM 1770 Power 1771 Cyclic Shift Index 1771 Root Sequence Index 1772 Zero Correlation Zone Config 1772 n_RA_start 1773...
  • Page 52 Table Of Contents Antenna Port 1784 PSSCH Power Boosting 1785 RB Offset 1785 RB Number 1786 Allocated Slots 1786 First Symbol 1786 Last Symbol 1787 MCS Table 1787 1788 Modulation (Display Only) 1788 DMRS Symbol Number 1788 DMRS Power Boosting 1789 Summary (Downlink) 1789...
  • Page 53 Table Of Contents Include PSSCH PTRS 1799 Edit Colors (GUI only) 1800 Reset (GUI only) 1800 3.7.8.7 Advanced 1800 IF Gain 1800 Other IF Gain 1801 LO Dither 1802 Phase Noise Optimization 1802 Mixing Mode 1804 Spur Avoidance (UXA H1G) 1805 Spectrum Stitching 1806...
  • Page 54 Table Of Contents Transient Period Power Change Threshold 1821 UL Flatness & IBE 1821 Component Carrier (Display Only) 1821 Channel Condition 1821 F_UL_Low 1822 F_UL_High 1822 Spectrum Flatness Test Tolerance 1822 UE Power Class 1823 UE Output Power 1823 In-Band Emission Test Tolerance 1824 IQ Image RBs &...
  • Page 55 Table Of Contents % of OBW Power 1837 Power Integration Method 1837 Limit Test 1838 ACP Setup 1838 General 1838 ACP State 1839 Reference Carrier (Carrier Index) 1839 Measurement Type 1841 Power Ref 1841 Total Power Ref 1845 PSD Ref 1847 PSD Unit 1849...
  • Page 56 Table Of Contents Carrier Index 1885 Total Power Ref 1885 PSD Ref 1886 Spectrum Pk Ref 1886 Points 1887 Non-Contiguous Meas Region 1887 Meas Method 1888 RRC Filter Alpha 1888 Offset 1889 Offset Freq Define 1889 Start Freq 1893 Stop Freq 1897 Res BW 1899...
  • Page 57 Table Of Contents Downlink Transient Period 1940 Downlink Off Power 1940 Uplink Off Power 1941 Uplink On Power Reference 1941 Uplink On Power Tolerance 1942 Uplink On Power Limit Test 1942 Burst Line 1942 Burst Timing Indicator Line 1943 Ramp Line 1943 Bar Graph 1944...
  • Page 58 Table Of Contents 3.7.10 Trace 1964 3.7.10.1 Trace Control 1964 All (combined) Limit 1964 General Limit 1964 IQ Image Limit 1964 Carrier Leakage Limit 1965 3.8 Transmit On|Off Power 1966 3.8.1 Views 1972 3.8.1.1 Burst 1973 3.8.1.2 Rise & Fall 1973 3.8.2 Windows 1973...
  • Page 59 Table Of Contents Internal Preamp 2002 2003 µW Path Control 2004 Allow Full Bypass in Auto 2014 Software Preselection 2015 SW Preselection Type 2016 SW Preselection BW 2017 High Freq Prefilter 2018 3.8.4 BW 2019 3.8.4.1 Settings 2019 Info BW 2019 3.8.5 Display 2020...
  • Page 60 Table Of Contents Marker Time 2032 Marker Mode 2034 Delta Marker (Reset Delta) 2035 Marker Settings Diagram 2035 All Markers Off 2035 Couple Markers 2036 3.8.7.3 Peak Search 2037 Marker Time 2037 Peak Search 2037 Marker Delta 2038 3.8.7.4 Properties 2038 Marker Time 2038...
  • Page 61 Table Of Contents Cell ID Value 2052 Demod Spectrum 2053 CHP Power Integration Bandwidth 2053 ACP Power Integration Bandwidth 2053 SEM Power Integration Bandwidth 2055 SCS (Power Meas) 2055 Measure CC 2055 3.8.8.4 Meas Standard 2056 Bandwidth 2056 Frequency Range 2057 Duplex Mode 2057...
  • Page 62 Table Of Contents UL Meas Offset 2088 DL Meas Interval 2088 UL Meas Interval 2089 Meas Range 2089 Specific Burst Number 2091 3.8.8.6 Limits 2091 Max Ramp Up Time 2092 Max Ramp Down Time 2092 Downlink Transient Period 2093 Downlink Off Power 2093 Uplink Off Power 2094...
  • Page 63 Table Of Contents Clear and Write | Restart Averaging | Restart Max/Min Hold 2113 View/Blank 2113 3.8.10.3 Math 2114 Math Function 2115 Operand 1 / Operand 2 2121 Offset 2122 Reference 2122 3.8.10.4 Trace Function 2122 From Trace 2123 To Trace 2123 Copy 2123...
  • Page 64 Table Of Contents I Range 2154 Q Range 2155 Q Same as I 2157 3.9.3.4 Range (Non-attenuator models) 2157 Range 2157 Adjust Range for Min Clipping 2158 Restart Meas on Adjust Range 2158 Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping 2158 Peak-to-Average Ratio 2159 Mixer Lvl Offset 2160...
  • Page 65 Table Of Contents Control Annotation 2189 Meas Bar 2189 Display Enable (Remote Command Only) 2189 3.9.6 Frequency 2191 3.9.6.1 Settings 2191 Carrier Reference Frequency 2191 Center Frequency 2193 Center Frequency Offset 2198 Adjust Center Frequency to Carrier Config 2199 3.9.7 Marker 2199 3.9.7.1 Select Marker 2199...
  • Page 66 Table Of Contents Measure Carrier 2213 Sidelink 2213 Bandwidth 2214 Freq Range 2214 Freq Offset 2215 Cell ID Auto 2215 Cell ID Value 2216 Demod Spectrum 2216 CHP Power Integration Bandwidth 2216 ACP Power Integration Bandwidth 2217 SEM Power Integration Bandwidth 2218 SCS (Power Meas) 2218...
  • Page 67 Table Of Contents Extend Low Band 2243 Restore Defaults 2244 3.9.9 Sweep 2244 3.9.9.1 Sweep/Control 2244 Sweep/Measure 2244 Restart 2246 Pause/Resume 2249 Abort (Remote Command Only) 2250 3.9.9.2 X Scale 2250 Scale/Div 2250 3.9.10 Trace 2251 3.9.10.1 Trace Control 2251 Store Ref Trace 2251 Ref Trace...
  • Page 68 Table Of Contents Range 2281 Adjust Range for Min Clipping 2281 Restart Meas on Adjust Range 2282 Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping 2282 Peak-to-Average Ratio 2283 Mixer Lvl Offset 2284 3.10.3.4 Signal Path 2284 Presel Center 2284 Preselector Adjust 2286 Internal Preamp 2287 2288 µW Path Control...
  • Page 69 Table Of Contents Meas Bar 2316 Display Enable (Remote Command Only) 2317 3.10.6 Frequency 2318 3.10.6.1 Settings 2318 Carrier Reference Frequency 2318 Center Frequency 2320 Center Frequency Offset 2327 Span 2327 CF Step 2330 Adjust Span to Carrier Config 2331 3.10.7 Marker 2331 3.10.7.1 Select Marker...
  • Page 70 Table Of Contents 3.10.8.2 Radio 2345 Direction 2345 3.10.8.3 Component Carriers 2346 Number of Component Carriers 2346 Carrier Allocation 2346 Non-Contiguous Break at 2347 Configure Comp Carriers 2347 Configure CCs 2347 Number of Component Carriers 2348 Auto Frequency Offset 2348 Carrier Allocation 2349 Non-Contiguous Break at...
  • Page 71 Table Of Contents Reference Standard version and ACP & SEM table indicator 2371 Direction = Downlink 2371 Direction = Uplink 2374 Monitor Spectrum 2374 Trigger/Gate Parameters 2374 3.10.8.5 Advanced 2375 Noise Floor Extension 2375 Conversion 2378 Phase Noise Optimization 2378 3.10.8.6 Global 2379 Global Center Freq...
  • Page 72 Table Of Contents 3.11.2.1 RF Envelope 2408 3.11.2.2 Metrics 2409 3.11.2.3 I/Q Waveform 2410 3.11.3 Amplitude 2410 3.11.3.1 Y Scale 2410 Ref Value 2411 Scale/Div 2411 Ref Position 2413 Auto Scaling 2413 3.11.3.2 Attenuation 2414 Full Range Atten 2416 Mech Atten 2417 Elec Atten 2420...
  • Page 73 Table Of Contents 3.11.4.1 Settings 2459 Digital IF BW 2459 Filter Type 2461 Filter BW 2463 Filter Alpha 2463 Channel Filter Bandwidth Bwcc (Remote Command Only) 2464 3.11.5 Display 2464 3.11.5.1 View 2464 Views 2464 RF Envelope 2465 I/Q Waveform 2466 User View 2467...
  • Page 74 Table Of Contents Marker Time 2488 Peak Search 2488 Next Peak 2489 Minimum Peak 2489 Marker Delta 2489 3.11.7.4 Marker Function 2489 Marker Time 2490 Interval Function 2490 Interval Span 2491 Interval Left 2491 Interval Right 2491 3.11.7.5 Properties 2492 Marker Time 2492 Relative To...
  • Page 75 Table Of Contents Cell ID Value 2509 Demod Spectrum 2510 CHP Power Integration Bandwidth 2510 ACP Power Integration Bandwidth 2510 SEM Power Integration Bandwidth 2512 SCS (Power Meas) 2512 3.11.8.4 Meas Standard 2512 Bandwidth 2513 Frequency Range 2514 Duplex Mode 2514 2515 RB Alloc Preset...
  • Page 76 Table Of Contents Global Center Freq 2547 Global EMC Std 2548 Extend Low Band 2548 Restore Defaults 2549 3.11.8.7 Sample Period (Aperture) Setting (Remote Command Only) 2549 3.11.9 Sweep 2550 3.11.9.1 Sweep/Control 2550 Restart 2550 Pause/Resume 2553 Sweep/Measure 2553 Abort (Remote Command Only) 2555 3.11.9.2 X Scale 2556...
  • Page 77 Table Of Contents Range Auto/Man 2585 I Range 2586 Q Range 2587 Q Same as I 2589 3.12.3.4 Range (Non-attenuator models) 2589 Range 2589 Adjust Range for Min Clipping 2590 Restart Meas on Adjust Range 2590 Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping 2590 Peak-to-Average Ratio 2591...
  • Page 78 Table Of Contents 3.12.6 Frequency 2620 3.12.6.1 Settings 2621 Center Frequency 2621 Carrier Reference Frequency 2626 CF Step 2626 Freq Offset 2627 Center Frequency Offset 2628 3.12.7 Marker 2629 3.12.8 Meas Setup 2629 3.12.8.1 Settings 2629 Segments 2629 Total Meas Time 2630 Meas Interval 2630...
  • Page 79 Table Of Contents 3.12.8.4 Meas Standard 2645 Bandwidth 2646 Frequency Range 2646 Duplex Mode 2647 2648 RB Alloc Preset 2649 Advanced Preset Parameters 2651 DL FR1 NR-TM Reference Standard Selection 2651 OFDM Type 2652 Adjust Limit Mask for Freq Range 2652 BS Type 2654...
  • Page 80 Table Of Contents 4.1.1.2 Computer System description (Remote Command Only) 2673 4.1.2 Show Hardware 2673 4.1.3 Show LXI 2673 4.1.4 Show Support Subscriptions 2674 4.1.5 Show Support ID 2674 4.1.6 Control Panel… 2675 4.1.7 Web Browser 2676 4.1.8 Application Controls 2676 4.1.9 Sounds 2676...
  • Page 81 Table Of Contents SYSTem:PERSona:MODel:DEFault 2689 4.2.6 Restore I/O Config Defaults 2690 4.2.7 Query USB Connection (Remote Command Only) 2690 4.2.8 USB Connection Status (Remote Command Only) 2690 4.2.9 USB Packet Count (Remote Command Only) 2691 4.2.10 Lock Remote I/O Session (Remote Command only) 2691 4.2.10.1 Lock Remote I/O Request (Remote Command only) 2693...
  • Page 82 Table Of Contents 4.4.9 Touch On/Off 2704 4.4.10 Control Size 2705 4.4.11 Quick Save Mode 2705 4.4.12 Screen Tabs Left/Right 2705 4.4.13 Hide Screen Tabs in Full Screen 2706 4.4.14 2-Screen Orientation 2707 4.4.15 Clock Format 2709 4.4.16 Language 2709 4.4.17 Restore User Interface Defaults 2710 4.4.18 User Interface Type (Remote Query Only)
  • Page 83 Table Of Contents 4.7 Alignments 2730 4.7.1 Auto Align 2730 4.7.1.1 Auto Align 2730 4.7.1.2 All but RF 2733 4.7.1.3 Alert 2734 4.7.2 Align Now 2736 4.7.2.1 Align Now All 2738 4.7.2.2 Align Now All but RF 2740 4.7.2.3 Align Now RF 2741 4.7.2.4 Align Now Expired 2743...
  • Page 84 Table Of Contents 4.7.3.6 Stop Frequency 2757 4.7.3.7 Secondary instrument IP address 2757 4.7.3.8 Secondary instrument selected 2758 4.7.4 Show Alignment Statistics 2758 4.7.5 Timebase DAC 2767 4.7.5.1 Timebase DAC 2768 4.7.5.2 User Value 2768 4.7.6 Advanced 2769 4.7.6.1 Characterize Preselector 2769 4.7.6.2 Characterize Reference Clock 2771...
  • Page 85 Table Of Contents 4.10.1 License Manager 2797 4.10.2 System Software Version Date 2797 4.10.3 Software Support Expiration Date 2798 4.10.4 Network Licenses 2798 4.10.4.1 Application Licenses 2799 4.10.4.2 Instrument Software Options 2799 4.10.4.3 License Checked Out Query (Remote Only) 2799 4.10.4.4 List Licenses Checked Out (Remote Command Only) 2800 4.10.4.5 Borrowed Network Licenses...
  • Page 86 Table Of Contents 4.13.1 List installed Options (Remote Command Only) 2812 4.13.2 Lock the Front-panel keys (Remote Command Only) 2812 4.13.3 Lock Workstation (Remote Command Only) 2813 4.13.4 List SCPI Commands (Remote Command Only) 2815 4.13.5 Front Panel activity history (Remote Command only) 2815 4.13.6 SCPI activity history (Remote Command only) 2816...
  • Page 87 Table Of Contents 6.1.3 Half Duplex Output Port 2861 6.1.4 RF Power 2861 6.1.5 T/R Port High Power Attenuator 2861 6.1.6 Amplitude Setup 2861 6.1.6.1 RF Power 2862 6.1.6.2 Set Reference Power 2864 6.1.6.3 Power Ref 2865 6.1.6.4 Power Unit 2866 6.1.6.5 Amptd Offset 2866...
  • Page 88 Table Of Contents Step Configuration of Radio Band Link parameter list (Remote Command Only) 2889 Step Configuration of Frequency/Channel Number parameter list (Remote Command Only) 2890 Step Configuration of Power parameter list (Remote Command Only) 2890 Step Configuration of Waveform parameter list (Remote Command Only) 2891 Step Configuration of Step Duration parameter list (Remote Command Only) 2892...
  • Page 89 Table Of Contents 6.1.11.11 PM Rate 2920 6.1.11.12 PM Rate Increment 2921 6.1.11.13 ARB Setup 2921 Basic Control 2921 ARB State 2921 Sample Rate 2922 Run-Time Scaling 2924 Baseband Freq Offs 2925 Baseband Power 2925 Mkr 1 Polarity 2926 Mkr 2 Polarity 2926 Mkr 3 Polarity 2927...
  • Page 90 Table Of Contents Build New Sequence 2947 Segment 2947 Waveform 2947 Repetitions 2947 Marker 1 2947 Marker 2 2948 Marker 3 2948 Marker 4 2948 Sync Seq File 2948 Insert Waveform 2949 Segments in ARB Memory 2950 Delete Segment From ARB Mem 2950 Delete All From ARB Memory 2950...
  • Page 91 Table Of Contents Locked Waveform Unique ID List Query (Remote Command Only) 2962 Multi-Pack License multi-module control state (Remote Command Only) 2962 Header Utilities 2962 Clear Header 2963 Save Header 2963 Query Waveform Unique ID (Remote Command Only) 2963 Query Selected Waveform Header info (Remote Query Only) 2964 6.1.12 Trigger Initiate 2965...
  • Page 92 Table Of Contents 6.2.13.1 Mixer Presets 3005 6.2.13.2 Mixer Bias 3009 6.2.13.3 Table Type 3010 6.2.13.4 Harmonic 3011 6.2.13.5 LO Doubler 3012 6.2.13.6 Refresh USB Mixer Connection 3013 6.2.14 Mixer Path 3013 6.2.15 User IF Freq 3014 6.2.16 Signal ID On/Off 3014 6.2.17 Signal ID Mode 3016...
  • Page 93 Table Of Contents Clear Calibration 3034 6.2.21.6 Calibrate 3034 Q Port 3034 Q Port Probe Calibration Time (Remote Command Only) 3035 Q-bar Port 3035 Q-bar Probe Calibration Time (Remote Command Only) 3035 6.2.22 I/Q Cable Calibrate 3036 6.2.22.1 I Port 3037 6.2.22.2 I-bar Port 3037...
  • Page 94 Table Of Contents 6.5.5.1 Select Correction 3067 6.5.5.2 Frequency 3067 6.5.5.3 Amplitude 3067 6.5.5.4 Go to Row 3067 6.5.5.5 Insert Row Below 3067 6.5.5.6 Delete Row 3068 6.5.5.7 Scale X Axis 3068 6.5.5.8 Delete Correction 3068 6.5.5.9 Correction Graph 3068 6.5.6 Edit Correction Settings 3069 6.5.6.1 Select Correction...
  • Page 95 Table Of Contents 6.5.13.1 Go to Row 3085 6.5.13.2 Insert Row Below 3085 6.5.13.3 Delete Row 3086 6.5.13.4 Select File 3086 6.5.13.5 Specify File 3086 6.5.13.6 Remove File 3086 6.5.13.7 Correction Trace Display 3086 6.5.13.8 Description 3087 6.5.13.9 Comment 3087 6.5.13.10 Start Frequency 3087 6.5.13.11 Stop Frequency...
  • Page 96 Table Of Contents 6.7.7 Aux IF Out 3110 6.7.8 Arbitrary IF Freq 3112 6.7.9 Ext/Wide IF Out 3112 6.7.10 IF2 Out 3113 6.8 Trigger Output 3115 6.8.1 Trig 1 Out 3115 6.8.2 Trig 1 Out Polarity 3117 6.8.3 Trig 1 Out Device 3118 6.8.4 Trig 2 Out 3118...
  • Page 97 Table Of Contents 6.9.1.13 RCal Status 3132 RCal Status 3133 All RCal Status 3134 6.9.1.14 Go to Row 3134 6.9.1.15 Insert Row Below 3134 6.9.1.16 Description 3134 6.9.1.17 Use Current Meas 3135 6.9.1.18 Duplicate Row 3135 6.9.1.19 Delete Row 3135 6.9.1.20 Delete All 3136 6.9.1.21 Calibrate...
  • Page 98 Table Of Contents 6.9.1.45 Frequency Extender Atten Step 3149 6.9.1.46 IF Path 3150 6.9.1.47 IF Gain 3151 6.9.1.48 Preamp 3151 6.9.1.49 Low Noise Amplifier (LNA) 3152 6.9.1.50 µW Path Control 3152 6.9.1.51 Coupling 3153 6.9.1.52 Phase Noise Optimization 3153 6.9.1.53 Phase Noise Optimization All Option 3159 6.9.1.54 Mixing Mode 3159...
  • Page 99 Table Of Contents 7.2.2.3 Edit Register Names 3177 7.2.3 Trace+State 3177 7.2.3.1 Recall To Trace 3178 7.2.3.2 Register 1 thru Register 16 3178 7.2.3.3 Edit Register Names 3179 7.2.4 Screen Config + State 3179 7.2.5 Measurement Data 3180 7.2.5.1 Data Type 3180 Trace 3180...
  • Page 100 Table Of Contents 7.2.16 Component Carrier Setup 3194 7.2.16.1 CC Setup 3194 Frame Index (.scp and .pwsg only) 3195 Close VSA after recall (.setx only) 3195 7.2.16.2 Custom IQ Constellation State 3196 7.2.17 Loss Comp 3196 7.2.18 Data Pattern 3197 7.3 Save 3198 7.3.1 Save to File / Save As...
  • Page 101 Table Of Contents 7.3.10 Mask 3247 7.3.11 Waveform Sequence 3247 7.3.12 Screen Image 3247 7.3.12.1 Theme 3249 7.3.13 Power Sensor Cal Factor 3250 7.3.14 Recording 3250 7.3.14.1 Data Type 3251 7.3.14.2 Channel 3252 7.3.15 Recording + State 3252 7.3.16 Component Carrier Setup 3253 7.3.17 Remote Only Commands 3254...
  • Page 102 Table Of Contents 8.1.1.1 Free Run 3277 8.1.1.2 Video/ADC 3277 8.1.1.3 ADC Trigger 3278 8.1.1.4 Line 3278 8.1.1.5 External 1 3279 8.1.1.6 External 2 3280 8.1.1.7 External 3 3280 8.1.1.8 Audio External 3281 8.1.1.9 RF Burst 3282 8.1.1.10 Periodic 3282 8.1.1.11 I/Q Mag 3284 8.1.1.12 Input I...
  • Page 103 Table Of Contents 8.1.14 Field 3304 8.1.15 Standard 3304 8.1.16 Trigger Center Frequency 3305 8.1.17 Trigger BW 3305 8.1.18 Zero Span Delay Compensation On/Off 3306 8.1.19 Select PXI Line 3307 8.1.20 Reset Sync Monitor 3307 8.1.21 Trigger Optimization 3308 8.1.22 Trigger Settings Diagram 3309 8.2 Gate Source 3311...
  • Page 104 Table Of Contents 9 Programming the Instrument 3332 9.1 List of Supported SCPI Commands 3333 3333 3333 3333 3342 3348 3349 3349 3351 3351 3352 3353 3354 3409 3412 9.2 IEEE 488.2 Common Commands 3413 9.2.1 *CAL? - Calibration Query 3413 9.2.2 *CLS - Clear Status 3414...
  • Page 105 Table Of Contents 9.3.1 Mode Control 3421 9.3.2 Measurement Control 3421 9.3.2.1 CONFigure 3422 9.3.2.2 INITiate 3423 9.3.2.3 FETCh 3423 9.3.2.4 READ 3424 9.3.2.5 MEASure 3425 9.3.3 Trace Formatting Commands 3426 9.3.3.1 Clear Trace (Remote Command Only) 3426 9.3.3.2 Send/Query Trace Data (Remote Command Only) 3427 9.3.3.3 Format Data: Numeric Data (Remote Command Only) 3428...
  • Page 106 Table Of Contents Operation Condition Query 3458 Operation Enable 3458 Operation Event Query 3458 Operation Negative Transition 3459 Operation Positive Transition 3459 9.4.6.4 Operation Instrument Register 3460 Operation Instrument Condition 3460 Operation Instrument Enable 3461 Operation Instrument Event Query 3461 Operation Instrument Negative Transition 3462 Operation Instrument Positive Transition...
  • Page 107 Table Of Contents Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Negative Transition 3481 Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Positive Transition 3481 9.4.6.11 Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Register 3482 Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Condition 3483 Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Enable 3483 Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Event Query 3484 Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Negative Transition 3484...
  • Page 108 Table Of Contents 10.2.2 Center Frequency 3504 10.2.3 DC Coupled 3504 10.2.4 Detector Type 3504 10.2.5 Do Noise Correction 3505 10.2.6 Do Spur Suppression 3505 10.2.7 Electronic Attenuator Bypass 3506 10.2.8 Electronic Attenuation 3506 10.2.9 External Reference Frequency 3506 10.2.10 Frequency Reference Source 3506 10.2.11 IF Gain 3507...
  • Page 109 Table Of Contents 10.6 Fetch Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 3516 10.7 Execute Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 3517 10.8 Binary Read Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 3518 10.9 Diagnostic Binary Read Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 3519 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 110 X-Series Signal Analyzers 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference 1 Documentation Roadmap This section describes the Keysight products covered by this document, and provides links to related documentation. – "Products Covered by this Document" on page 111 – "Additional Documentation" on page 112...
  • Page 111 1  Documentation Roadmap 1.1  Products Covered by this Document 1.1 Products Covered by this Document For the full list of instrument models covered by this documentation, see the title page: "5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference" on page 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 112 1.2 Additional Documentation If your instrument or computer has an internet connection, then you can access the latest editions of all relevant X-Series documentation via the links below. This document is available in 3 formats: – Embedded Help, in the instrument –...
  • Page 113 1  Documentation Roadmap 1.2  Additional Documentation Measurement Guides – Spectrum Analyzer Mode Measurement Guide – Real-Time Spectrum Analyzer Measurement Guide – Noise Figure Measurement Guide – Analog Demod Measurement Application Measurement Guide – Phase Noise Measurement Application Measurement Guide – EMI Measurement Application Measurement Guide Service Guides –...
  • Page 114 X-Series Signal Analyzers 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference 2 User Interface Here are the basic elements of the Multitouch User Interface. For more information, tap a topic. Included in this section are also topics for several front panel keys not described in other topics.
  • Page 115 2.1  Screen Tabs 2.1 Screen Tabs In the X-Series Multitouch User Interface (or Multitouch UI), you can run many different Measurement Applications, or “Modes”. Examples are Spectrum Analyzer Mode, LTE-A FDD Mode, IQ Analyzer Mode, and Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Mode.
  • Page 116 2  User Interface 2.1  Screen Tabs The following topics provide more information: – "Mode/Meas/View Dialog" on page 116 – "Add Screen" on page 133 – "Multiscreen" on page 187 2.1.1 Mode/Meas/View Dialog The Mode/Meas/View dialog opens when you press the selected (blue) Screen tab (see "Screen Tabs"...
  • Page 117 2  User Interface 2.1  Screen Tabs 2.1.1.1 Mode The first column in the Mode/Meas/View dialog allows you to select the desired Mode from those currently licensed in your instrument. Modes, also known as “measurement applications”, are collections of measurement capabilities packaged together to provide you with an instrument personality specific to your measurement needs.
  • Page 118 2  User Interface 2.1  Screen Tabs :INSTrument:CONFigure command causes a Mode and Measurement switch at the same time. This generally results in faster overall switching than sending the :INSTrument:SELect CONFigure commands separately. See "Mode and Measurement Select" on page 118. :INSTrument[:SELect] <mode_id>...
  • Page 119 2  User Interface 2.1  Screen Tabs and installed options In general this command will execute more quickly than sending the equivalent separate :INST:SEL :CONF commands Index to Modes The Mode Number in the table below is the parameter for use with the :INSTrument:NSELect command.
  • Page 120 Each application (Mode) that runs in an X-Series instrument consumes virtual memory. The various applications consume varying amounts of virtual memory, and as more applications run, the memory consumption increases.
  • Page 121 Notes "BASIC","GSM","EDGEGSM","CDMA","SERVICE" X-Series uses the ESA/PSA compatible query of a string contain comma separated values: "SA,PNOISE,NFIG,BASIC" Current Application Model (Remote Command Only) Returns a string that is the Model Number of the currently selected application (mode).
  • Page 122 2  User Interface 2.1  Screen Tabs Current Application Options (Remote Command Only) Returns a string that is the Options list of the currently selected application (Mode). This information is also displayed in the Show System screen :SYSTem:APPLication[:CURRent]:OPTion? Remote Command :SYST:APPL:OPT? Example Notes Query returns a quoted string that is the Option list of the currently selected application (Mode).
  • Page 123 2  User Interface 2.1  Screen Tabs Application Catalog Revision (Remote Command Only) Returns the Revision of the provided Model Number. :SYSTem:APPLication:CATalog:REVision? <model> Remote Command :SYST:APPL:CAT:REV? ‘N9060A’ Example Notes Returned value is a quoted string of revision for the provided Model Number. The revision will be a null- string ("") if the provided Model Number is not installed, licensed, and loaded.
  • Page 124 2  User Interface 2.1  Screen Tabs GSM Mode compatibility command (Remote Command only) Provided for backwards compatibility. When this command is received, the analyzer aliases it to the following: :INST:SEL EDGEGSM :INSTrument[:SELect] GSM Remote Command :INST GSM Example SA compatibility command for EMC (Remote Command only) Provided for ESU compatibility.

  • Page 125: Mode/Meas/View Dialog

    2  User Interface 2.1  Screen Tabs This results in the analyzer being placed in the EMI Receiver Mode, running the APD measurement, in order to emulate the ESU APD Mode. :INSTrument[:SELect] APDistribution Remote Command :INST APD Example IF Mode compatibility command for EMC (Remote Command only) Provided for ESU compatibility.
  • Page 126 2  User Interface 2.1  Screen Tabs 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...

  • Page 127: Multiscreen

    2  User Interface 2.1  Screen Tabs 2.1.1.5 Sequencer Allows multiple Screens to update sequentially while in "Multiscreen" on page 187 display mode. Each Screen updates in sequence, and when all have updated, the sequence will start again. To start the Sequencer, you must have more than one Screen defined, and you must have Multiscreen selected (see "Screen Tabs"...
  • Page 128 2  User Interface 2.1  Screen Tabs In the Sequencer block in the upper left hand corner, tap the Sequencing switch to turn it On: 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 129 2  User Interface 2.1  Screen Tabs The instrument will immediately exit the Mode/Meas/View Dialog and begin making measurements in each of the screens, one after the other. When a measurement is being made in a particular Screen, that Screen’s tab will be blue. Measurement being made in Screen 1: Measurement being made in Screen 2: 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 130 2  User Interface 2.1  Screen Tabs Touching any key or control on the display will cause the Sequencer to stop, so that you can make desired changes. When this happens, the message “Sequencer stopped” is displayed. When the Sequencer is running, the screens update in the order in which they were created.
  • Page 131 2  User Interface 2.1  Screen Tabs To reset the name, delete the screen name entirely. Each Screen Name must be unique; you cannot give the same name to more than one screen. :INSTrument:SCReen:REName <alphanumeric> Remote Command :INST:SCR:REN “Baseband” Example Notes The currently active screen is renamed.
  • Page 132 2  User Interface 2.1  Screen Tabs “This function will delete all defined screens and their settings, except for the current screen. This action cannot be undone. Do you want to proceed?” Pressing OK or Enter deletes the screen, pressing Cancel or ESC does not. :INSTrument:SCReen:DELete:ALL Remote Command...
  • Page 133 Example :INST:NSEL 101 2.1.2 Add Screen On X-Series analyzers you can configure up to 16 different Screens at one time. Each Screen contains one Mode, each Mode contains one Measurement, and each Measurement contains a number of Windows. You can add screens by pressing the “+” icon in the "Screen Tabs"...
  • Page 134 2  User Interface 2.1  Screen Tabs If the display is disabled (via :DISP:ENAB OFF) then the error message “-221, Settings conflict; Screen SCPI cannot be used when Display is disabled” appears 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 135 2  User Interface 2.2  Meas Bar 2.2 Meas Bar The Meas Bar is used to display annotation for the current measurement. There are three primary uses for the Meas Bar: 1. To show annotation for the most important parameters in the measurement so you can see them at a glance 2.
  • Page 136 2  User Interface 2.2  Meas Bar Settings that are colored amber are those that you need to be particularly aware of; for example, if Alignments are off, this is shown in amber, so you will know that you may not be meeting spec. Similarly, if DC coupling is on, this is shown amber, to alert you to be careful what voltage you put on the input.
  • Page 137 2  User Interface 2.2  Meas Bar LXI indicator This indicator displays in green when LAN is connected, in white when LAN is not connected, and in red when LAN is connected but has a connection problem. PASS/FAIL indicator This annunciator displays when Limits are turned on. It is green if all Limits are passing, and a red FAIL if any limit is not passing.
  • Page 138 2  User Interface 2.2  Meas Bar In the example above, trace 1 is active, visible, and in Average using the Sample detector, the other traces are inactive, blanked and in Clear/Write using the Normal detector. Tapping this panel drops down controls for the Traces. 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 139 2  User Interface 2.3  Measurement Display 2.3 Measurement Display The Measurement Display contains one or more data windows displaying the result of the current measurement. These may be graphical or textual windows. Each window in the Measurement display contains a "Window Title"...
  • Page 140 2  User Interface 2.3  Measurement Display Measurements that support User Views (see "View Editor" on page 162) also display the Window Number in the Window Title, to enable window addressing from SCPI. The number is the number that will be used in the SCPI command to address that window, for example, in the WCDMA Mod Accuracy measurement, Code Domain Power is assigned window number 6, so you address it with the following SCPI command:...
  • Page 141 2  User Interface 2.3  Measurement Display Note also that the Window Data dropdown can be a cascaded list, if the number of available results requires categorization to hold them all: 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 142 2  User Interface 2.3  Measurement Display Note also that the Window Data dropdown sometimes includes controls for further configuring the window, for example, in LTE choosing the desired Component Carrier and Data format. 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 143 2  User Interface 2.3  Measurement Display Touching a window’s title dropdown also selects the window. 2.3.2 Measurement Data The Measurement Data region shows graphical or textual data for the Data selected in the Window Title Data control. Below you can see examples of both graphical and textual windows in a four-window display.
  • Page 144 2  User Interface 2.3  Measurement Display Swipe There are several swipe actions, as listed below. One of the most important actions is swiping a spectrum window to the left or right, or up or down, to adjust the frequency and level of the spectrum, as shown below. Swipe actions are summarized in the table below.
  • Page 145 2  User Interface 2.3  Measurement Display Object Action Toggle control Toggle in that direction Pinch You can also pinch in or out either horizontally or vertically to zoom in the x-axis or y-axis dimension. For example, a pinch horizontally lets you adjust the Span of the Spectrum window.
  • Page 146 2  User Interface 2.3  Measurement Display Right Click on Lets you select Help the Background Right Click on a Lets you add or remove that control from the User Menu or get Help on that Menu Panel control control Tapping an object causes the actions defined in the table below: Object Action Marker...
  • Page 147 2  User Interface 2.3  Measurement Display Touching anywhere off the hotspot panel or pressing any hardkey except Save or Quick Save closes the hotspot panel. Annotation which is not currently able to be adjusted is not grayed out on the display, but the control in the hotspot that drops down or pops up is grayed out.
  • Page 148 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar 2.4 Control Bar The Control Bar contains controls and readouts that let you control instrument functions independent of the current measurement. 2.4.1 Windows Pressing the Windows icon on the "Control Bar" on page 148 has the same effect as pressing the Windows icon on the Windows taskbar.
  • Page 149 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar setting you changed is “undone”, that is, its previous setting is restored. You are notified of this fact with an advisory pop up message; for example, if the Center Frequency had been 300 MHz, and you changed it to 1 GHz and then pressed Undo, the message would show: UNDO: Center Freq 1 GHz ->...
  • Page 150 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar UNDO stack REDO stack CF = 1 GHz RBW = 1MHz Det = Peak Now pressing Redo would Redo the RBW = 1 MHz action, and the stacks would again look like this: UNDO stack REDO stack RBW = 1MHz Det = Peak...
  • Page 151 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar – Restore Mode Defaults clears the stack for that Mode in that Screen – Sending SCPI commands clears the stack for that Mode in that Screen – Loading a state file (including User Preset) clears the stack for that Mode in that Screen –...
  • Page 152 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar Tapping this folder icon displays the File Functions popup 2.4.3.1 File Explorer Pressing the File Explorer button in the "File Functions" on page 151 dialog opens the Windows File Explorer, which allows you to perform operating system file functions such as Move, Copy and Delete.
  • Page 153 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar You can also use the Help window's Contents pane to navigate to Help for any function in the instrument. In addition, if you touch and hold a specific control, one of the choices is Help on this setting.
  • Page 154 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar The triangle is unfilled if no there are no open conditions, filled with yellow if all open conditions are warnings, and filled with red if at least one open condition is an error. The number displayed is the total number of open conditions. Touching the Condition Indicator opens up the Show Status dialog (see below) with the Current Conditions tab selected.
  • Page 155 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar If the display fills up, scrolling is enabled just as in other X-Series Multi-touch UI displays. The Status dialog automatically refreshes as new messages and conditions occur. At the bottom of the screen is a Clear Message Queue button. This button clears all errors in all error queues.
  • Page 156 In some legacy analyzers, the Repeat field shows the number of times the message has repeated since Compatibility the last time the error queue was cleared. In the X-Series, the Repeat field shows the number of times Notes the error has repeated since the last intervening error. So the count may very well be different than in...
  • Page 157 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar The fields on the History display are: Type Displays the icon identifying the event or condition as an error or warning Displays the error number Message Displays the message text Repeat (RPT) This field shows the number of consecutive instances of the event, uninterrupted by other events.
  • Page 158 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar peak found” – A condition is an occurrence of finite duration, that is, it has a start and an end. Conditions are states of the analyzer characterized by some combination of settings or some kind of failure that the user needs to be told about while it is happening, but then can stop being told once it goes away;...
  • Page 159 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar The fields on the Current Conditions display are: Type Displays the icon identifying the event or condition as an error or warning or informational Displays the error number Message Displays the message text Time Shows the most recent time (including the date) at which the event occurred.
  • Page 160 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar 2.4.6 Block Diagram When you press the Block Diagram button in the "Control Bar" on page 148, the display changes to a stylized pictorial representation of the current internal hardware setup and signal processing path. When you touch one of the blocks on the Block Diagram, the corresponding menu panel opens.
  • Page 161 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar The Block Diagram display is not meant to be a completely accurate representation, but one which can show differences as you change the hardware setup. For example, here is the basic RF Block Diagram: And here is the Block Diagram when External Mixing is selected: And here is the Block Diagram when the I/Q inputs are selected: 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 162 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar 2.4.7 View Editor This section describes the use of the View Editor, which allows you to: – Add windows to and delete windows from the current measurement – Resize and rearrange windows – Create User Views User Views are custom Views that you create by adding, deleting, rearranging, resizing, or changing the contents of the windows in an existing View, and then saving the edited View as a new View.
  • Page 163 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 164 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 165 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar You can save an edited View using the Save Layout as New View control in the View menu (see "To Save a User View" on page 180). On occasion, the instrument may automatically save an edited View for you. If you have edited a View, so that the * is displaying next to the View name, you must save that View as a User View before you save State or switch measurements.
  • Page 166 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar To Close the View Editor Tap the View Editor button again. The user chooses the desired View through the use of the Mode/Meas/View dialog (see "Mode/Meas/View Dialog" on page 116) or the View menu (a tab under the Display key).
  • Page 167 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar When you do this, you get the View Editor screen, which appears as below. The menu panel switches to the View menu. Here we see that we are in the Predefined View called “Basic”. Each window has two arrows containing + signs.
  • Page 168 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar A fifth window has been added, and is automatically assigned the number 5. (The window number, which is displayed in the Window Title region, is used when sending SCPI commands to that window). Note the * that now appears next to Basic in the View menu, indicating that you are now in the modified Basic View.
  • Page 169 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar A panel drops down, containing a Data control for specifying window results. Some measurements, such as LTE-A in this example, also provide controls on this dropdown for specifying other window parameters, such as the Component Carrier and Data Format, Tap the Data control and you will see a list of available results for the window.
  • Page 170 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar Choose the result you want and tap OK. Here we have chosen IQ Meas Time from the Demod group: Your new, edited User View is now ready to use. 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 171 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar 2.4.7.2 To Resize or Rearrange Windows in a View Sometimes you may wish to resize a window. To do this go back into the View Editor and note the large, translucent white circles along the edges of the draggable borders.
  • Page 172 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar The outline of the window appears as it is being dragged. When you start to drag a window, target symbols appear in the other windows: If you drop a window on one of the targets, it swaps positions with the target window.
  • Page 173 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar When you hover over one of the stripes it gets dimmer, to show the position the window being dragged will take on. If you release a window over an inner stripe, the window you are dragging and the window over which you were hovering resize to share the space the target window originally occupied.
  • Page 174 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar In either case, one or more of the remaining windows resize to occupy the space formerly occupied by the window you were dragging. 2.4.7.3 To Undock and Redock Windows You can undock a window from the analyzer’s display frame so that it becomes a separate, floating window with its own Windows banner and title.
  • Page 175 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar Now release the window and it will undock in place without changing size: Notice that it now has a banner and a title of its own. The first line of the banner is the Mode name and the second is the Measurement name. If the window is 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 176 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar too small, these will be shortened with an ellipsis. The window name and number themselves appear in the upper left corner of the window, as usual. Note that we are still in Edit View mode so the main window stills display the shaded overlay and, if there is more than one window left on the main display, the “move”...
  • Page 177 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar Tap one of the monitors and you will see the window undock to that monitor, which may be a different monitor than the analyzer: 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 178 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar You can now treat this window like any other in Windows; you can resize it, drag it around and/or to a different monitor, etc. The undocked windows represent a modified (starred) View and can be saved to a User View.
  • Page 179 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar To redock an undocked window to its original location, tap the “redock” icon in the window’s banner: The window will return to its original location. 2.4.7.4 To Delete a Window from a View The View Editor also lets you delete a window. To do this, tap one of the circled red X’s, as shown below.
  • Page 180 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar When you are finished with it, you can restore the Layout to the default for Basic by pressing “Restore Layout to Default”. Or you can save your edited View as a “User View” (if you exit the measurement without saving the edited View, the instrument will save it for you as a User View called “Autosaved”).
  • Page 181 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar When you tap “Done”, the View is saved: Notice the User View region which has appeared on the menu panel above, with the new User View called “My New View. Notice also that “Basic” has returned to its original, unedited state and the * is gone from its name.
  • Page 182 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar Layout to Default” is grayed out. Note also that if you go to the Mode/Meas dialog, you will see the User View there as well: When naming a new View, you must choose a name that is not already in use for any User View in any measurement;...
  • Page 183 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar For a full list of all ModeName parameters, see Index to Modes in "Mode" on page 117. The following is a full list of all MeasName parameters. Measurement Name SCPI ID ACPower ACP, Adjacent Channel Power AM Depth Amplitude Probability Distribution AUDDist...
  • Page 184 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar Measurement Name SCPI ID WAVeform IQ Waveform IBEMissions LE In-band Emissions LPSTep List Power Step LSEQuencer List Sequencer LIST List Sweep LPLot Log Plot LORA LoRa (CSS) Demodulation Marker Beacon Mod Accuracy Modulation Analysis MODDist Modulation Distortion MODRate...
  • Page 185 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar Measurement Name SCPI ID SCHart Strip Chart SANalyzer Swept SA Transmit Analysis PVTime Transmit On/Off Power TXPower Transmit Power (Burst Power) TRFLevel Tuned RF Level TTRF Tuned RF Level with Tracking ETSPur Tx Band Spur VHF Omni-Directional Range Examples: –...
  • Page 186 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar 1. From the "Mode/Meas/View Dialog" on page 116, or from the View menu, select the User View that you want to delete 2. Switch to the Display menu 3. Select the View tab 4. Tap Delete User View 2.4.7.8 To Delete All User Views You can delete all User Views by tapping “Delete All User Views.”...
  • Page 187 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar for backwards compatibility, however they are turned on and off with switches and do not use the View system. Turning on one of these switches does not create a modified View, it merely adds the specified window to the current View; turning the switch back off removes the window.
  • Page 188 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar Multiscreen view lets you display all of the configured Screens at once. You can switch to Multiscreen View by pressing this button in the "Control Bar" on page 148 at the bottom right of the screen: Multiscreen View looks like this: 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 189 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar While in Multiscreen View, the button changes from a black background to a blue background: To exit Multiscreen view, tap the button again. Multiscreen View cannot be activated if only one screen is configured. Each Screen contains one Mode, each Mode contains one Measurement, and each Measurement contains a number of Windows arranged in Views.
  • Page 190 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar – Each Screen has a tab that contains the name of the Mode and Measurement in the box and a number associated with the instance of that Mode. You can enter a custom Screen name that replaces the Mode name, by going into the Mode/Meas dialog –...
  • Page 191 2  User Interface 2.4  Control Bar Preset Returns the name of the active screen 2.4.8.2 Screen List (Remote only command) You can obtain a list of currently configured Screens. This permits your remote program to manage screens for selection, renaming, or deletion. :INSTrument:SCReen:CATalog? Remote Command...
  • Page 192 In ESA/PSA, Full Screen was turned on with a softkey, so pressing any other key turned Full Screen off. Compatibility In the X-Series, because a hardkey is provided to turn this function on and off, pressing any other key Notes no longer turns off Full Screen 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 193 2  User Interface 2.5  Menu Panel 2.5 Menu Panel The menu panel is the main focus of the X-Series Multitouch user interface. The controls include active functions, dropdowns, action buttons, radio buttons and toggles. 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 194 2  User Interface 2.5  Menu Panel 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 195 2  User Interface 2.5  Menu Panel The menu panel normally appears on the right side of the display and consists of a rectangular panel with multiple “sub-panels” lying on top of each other, each sub- panel being accessed by a tab on the right. You press a front panel key (or “hardkey”) to access a particular menu.
  • Page 196 2  User Interface 2.5  Menu Panel 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 197 2  User Interface 2.5  Menu Panel If you move to a different menu panel or sub-panel and then come back to a previous panel, the previous panel is always reset to be scrolled all the way back to the top. Accessing Menus Without Using Front-Panel Keys You can access the menu panels without using the front panel keys, as you would need to do if you were operating the instrument using Remote Desktop.
  • Page 198 2  User Interface 2.5  Menu Panel for example 13.255 GHz, as in the example below: An active function is “active” if the numeric value is surrounded by a black background with a blue border, as below. In this state, it is ready to receive numeric input from the number pad on the front panel, the knob, or the step keys.
  • Page 199 2  User Interface 2.5  Menu Panel This causes the Numeric Entry Panel to pop up to receive the numbers you are typing: Type in as many digits as required, then touch one of the unit terminator buttons in the Numeric Entry Panel to complete the entry. In this case, 2 GHz was the desired entry, so you just touch the “GHz”...
  • Page 200 2  User Interface 2.5  Menu Panel The Numeric Entry Panel disappears and, in the example, the active function value becomes 2 GHz. 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 201 2  User Interface 2.5  Menu Panel It is important to note that you can always pop up the Numeric Entry Panel by touching an active function control while it is active; for example, if you were to touch it in the figure above, the Numeric Entry Panel would pop up right next to the control: 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 202 2  User Interface 2.5  Menu Panel 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 203 2  User Interface 2.5  Menu Panel You can display the Numeric Entry Panel by touching any active function control while it is active, but you don’t have to pop up the Numeric Entry Panel first, you can just start typing and it will pop up on its own, thus saving you a keystroke. You can also adjust a value without displaying the Numeric Entry panel by turning the knob or using the step keys while an active function is active.
  • Page 204 2  User Interface 2.5  Menu Panel To close the popup dialog, click OK 2.5.1.4 Add to SCPI Recorder Adds SCPI to the recorder from User Interface features that have equivalent SCPI. This control is enabled only when the current active feature has an associated SCPI command or query.
  • Page 205 – Returns you to Local Control (if in Remote) – If the backlight is off, turns on the backlight, and does nothing else Most of this functionality is the same as earlier X-Series models and similar to ESA and PSA operation.
  • Page 206 2  User Interface 2.7  Onscreen Keyboard key 2.7 Onscreen Keyboard key This key turns the onscreen alpha keyboard (OSK) on and off. There are two onscreen keyboards: – The Multitouch OSK, which pops up automatically if, while using the analyzer application, a text field becomes the active function –...
  • Page 207 2  User Interface 2.8  Touch On/Off Key 2.8 Touch On/Off Key This front-panel key turns the display touch functionality on and off. If off, you can turn it back on using the front panel Touch On/Off key. When the touch functionality is off, you can still use a mouse as a pointer.
  • Page 208 2  User Interface 2.9  Tab key 2.9 Tab key This key has the same function as the Tab key on a PC keyboard. You can use this key to display the Windows Taskbar, as follows. – Alt-Tab to the Desktop –...
  • Page 209 2  User Interface 2.10  Local Button 2.10 Local Button Appears in the Menu Panel when the instrument is in remote, and can be brought back to local via the Local (ESC) Key. See also "Cancel key" on page 205. 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 210 X-Series Signal Analyzers 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference 3 5G NR Mode The 5G NR Mode is targeted for testing the transmitter of both the Base Station and User Equipment according to following 3GPP standards. The UE and BS radio transmission and reception definitions and their conformance testing requirements are listed in the specifications of the following table.
  • Page 211 3  5G NR Mode 3.1  Measurement Commands 3.1 Measurement Commands The commands for selecting each measurement are shown below. Normally :CONFigure presets the measurement after selecting it, but if sent with the NDEFault parameter (for example, :CONF:CHP:NDEF), the measurement is selected without performing a Preset.
  • Page 212 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement 3.2 Channel Power Measurement The Channel Power measurement is used to find the total power present in a specified bandwidth. The power spectral density (the power in the signal normalized to 1 Hz) is also reported. When in WLAN mode, or when WLAN radio standard is selected in SA mode, the peak power spectral density for 1 MHz is reported.
  • Page 213 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Results Returned Returns floating point numbers that are the captured trace data of the power (in dBm/resolution BW) of the signal for Trace 2. The frequency span of the captured trace data is specified by the Span control Returns floating point numbers that are the captured trace data of the power (in dBm/resolution BW) of the signal for Trace 3.
  • Page 214 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Results Returned The number of results is incremented by one when a new format is supported If the result is not available, NaN (9.91E+37) is returned. Number of returned values will be changed in future releases if the number of supported radio format is increased Returns floating point numbers that are the captured trace data of the power (in dBm/resolution BW) of the signal for Trace 2.
  • Page 215 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Results Returned 5. Total Power Spectral Density of Component Carrier 4 (PSD Unit) If the result is not available, NaN (9.91E+37) is returned Returns floating point numbers that are the captured trace data of the power (in dBm/resolution BW) of the signal for Trace 2.
  • Page 216 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Results Returned If the result is not available, NaN (9.91E+37) is returned Returns floating point numbers that are the captured trace data of the power (in dBm/resolution BW) of the signal for Trace 2. The frequency span of the captured trace data is specified by the Span control Returns floating point numbers that are the captured trace data of the power (in dBm/resolution BW) of the signal for Trace 3.
  • Page 217 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Results Returned is indicated by Freq Segment 2 is the power in the specified unit bandwidth of the second segment. The unit bandwidth is selected by the PSD Unit parameter in either dBm/Hz or dBm/MHz Returns floating point numbers that are the captured trace data of the power (in dBm/resolution BW) of the signal for Trace 1.
  • Page 218 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement 3.2.1 Views In the SA mode, there is only one view for the Channel Power measurement. In the MSR, LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD, and 5G NR modes, there are two views: 1. Normal View 2.
  • Page 219 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement :DISP:CHP:VIEW PRES Example 3.2.1.2 Carrier Info Windows: "Graph" on page 219, "Metrics" on page 220 Dual window view of the Channel Power graph and the Carrier Info table. :DISP:CHP:VIEW CINF Example Dependencies Only available in the MSR, LTE-A FDD/TDD and 5G NR modes 3.2.2 Windows This section describes the windows that are available in the Channel Power...
  • Page 220 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Spectrum View with Bar Graph on This View is the same as the ‘Spectrum’ view, but has a blue bar between the markers that indicates the measured output power level. The bar graph is activated when the “Bar Graph”...
  • Page 221 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Power Results Total carrier power, total PSD and total format carrier power are displayed in the lower window. Total format carrier power is total power of carriers of the same Radio Format. If there is no carrier of the corresponding format, it is not displayed. Thus items in the total format power table changes depending on the carrier configuration.
  • Page 222 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Displays the total bandwidth from the lowest carrier to the highest carrier, whether their measurement states are on or off. Carrier Power This is the power in all the currently defined carriers. If the carrier is with measurement state being on, the power will be absolute.
  • Page 223 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement integration bandwidth is shown as part of the result. This will be the total of the Carrier Integ Bw of the carriers used in calculating the total carrier power. If the RRC Filter is on, then the integration bandwidth used is (1 + alpha)/T where T = 1/(Carrier Integ Bw) multiplied by the number of carriers with carrier measure state setting to yes.
  • Page 224 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement 3.2.2.3 Gate Turning on Gate View shows the Gate Window, which allows you to see your Gating signal at the same time as the measured data. See the description under Gate View in the Trigger, Gate Settings section.
  • Page 225 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Annotation Ref <value> top left of graph :DISPlay:CHPower:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel Backwards Compatibility SCPI Scale/Div For measurements that support a logarithmic Y-Axis, Scale/Div sets the height of one division of the graticule in the current Y-Axis unit. Scale/Div also determines the displayed amplitude range in the log plot graph.
  • Page 226 The offset is displayed as “Ref Offset <value>” to the right of the reference level annotation if nonzero. When the offset is zero, no annotation is shown Backwards In pre-X-Series instruments, Ref Level Offset could not be adjusted by the knob or step keys. That is Compatibility no longer the case Notes In ESA and PSA, Ref Level Offset was applied to the data as it was acquired;...
  • Page 227 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement changed the new offset was not applied until new trace data was taken. In X-Series, the offset is applied as the data is displayed/queried, so if you change the offset, it will change the data...
  • Page 228 Controls the attenuator functions and interactions between the attenuation system components. There are two attenuator configurations in the X-Series. One is a Dual-Attenuator configuration consisting of a mechanical attenuator and an optional electronic attenuator. The other configuration uses a single attenuator with combined mechanical and electronic sections that controls all the attenuation functions.
  • Page 229 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Note that Configuration 2 is not strictly speaking a dual-section attenuator, since there is no electronic section available. However, it behaves exactly like Configuration 1 without the Electronic Attenuator option EA3, therefore for the sake of this document it is grouped into the “Dual-Attenuator”...
  • Page 230 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Full Range Atten Full Range Atten and Attenuator Summary only appear in N9041B, when the RF input is selected and the RF Input Port is set to RF Input 2, and the Full Range Attenuator is installed.
  • Page 231 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Mech Atten This control is labeled Mech Atten in Dual-Attenuator models and Atten in Single- Attenuator models. In the Dual-Attenuator configuration, this control only affects the mechanical attenuator. This control lets you modify the attenuation applied to the RF input signal path. This value is normally auto coupled to the Ref Level, the Internal Preamp Gain, any External Gain that is entered, and the Max Mixer Level, as described in the table below.
  • Page 232 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Range Atten value from the result to determine the Mech Atten. Limit the value so that it is never lower than 0 dB and so that total attenuation, including Full Range Atten, is never less than 6 dB (total attenuation, including Full Range Atten below 6 dB, can never be chosen by Auto) In External Mixing and BBIQ, where the Attenuator is not in the signal path, the Attenuator setting changes as described above when...
  • Page 233 Attenuator Configurations and Auto/Man As described in Y Scale, there are two distinct attenuator configurations available in the X-Series, the single attenuator and Dual-Attenuator configurations. In Dual- Attenuator configurations, we have the mechanical attenuation and the electronic attenuation, and the current total attenuation is the sum of the electronic + mechanical attenuation.
  • Page 234 (which has both a mechanical and electronic stage). However, in the Single-Attenuator configuration, EATT SCPI commands are accepted for compatibility with other X-series instruments and set a “soft” attenuation as described in . The “soft” attenuation is treated as an addition to the “main”...
  • Page 235 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement The SCPI-only “soft” electronic attenuation for the single-attenuator configuration is not available in all measurements; in particular, it is not available in the Swept SA measurement Couplings Enabling and disabling the Electronic Attenuator affects the setting of the Mechanical Attenuator (in Dual-Attenuator configurations).
  • Page 236 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement – The Electronic Attenuator is set to 10 dB less than the previous value of the Mechanical Attenuator, within the limitation that it must stay within the range of 0 to 24 dB of attenuation Examples in the Dual-Attenuator configuration: –...
  • Page 237 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement electrical attenuator. With the mechanical attenuator, TOI, SHI, and compression threshold levels increase dB-for-dB with increasing attenuation, and the noise floor does as well. With the electronic attenuator, there is an excess attenuation of about 1 to 3 dB between 0 and 3.6 GHz, making the effective TOI, SHI, and so forth, less well known.
  • Page 238 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Dependencies This parameter is available only in the measurements that support continuous averaging in 5G NR Preset State Saved Saved Adjust Atten Allows you to select; – Electric attenuator only – Combination of Electric attenuator and Mechanical attenuator when [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize IMMediate is executed.
  • Page 239 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Selection Example Note COMB Atten attenuators to participate in the autoranging [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:ATTenuation OFF | ON | ELECtrical | Remote Command COMBined [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:ATTenuation? :POW:RANG:OPT:ATT OFF Example :POW:RANG:OPT:ATT? ELECtrical Notes The parameter option sets this function to in Single-Attenuator models The parameter option COMBined...
  • Page 240 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Single-Attenuator Models Dual-Attenuator models "Adjust Atten for Min Clipping" on page 2576 "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 238 selection is Mech + Elec Atten: 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 241 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 242 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 238 selection is Elec Only. Note that the Mech Atten value is not adjusted, and the value previously set is used. Therefore, there is a case that IF Overload is still observed depending on the input signal level and the Mech Atten setting.
  • Page 243 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuation:STEP[:INCRement]? :POW:ATT:STEP 2 Example :POW:ATT:STEP? Notes This feature has a toggle choice from the front panel, but it takes a specific value (in dB) when used remotely. The only valid values are 2 and 10 Dependencies Blanked in EXA, CXA and CXA-m if option FSA (2 dB steps) is not present.
  • Page 244 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Max Mixer Lvl Rules Allows you to optimize the Max Mixer Level setting for certain kinds of measurements. – NORMal – The historical, and thus backwards compatible, setting range (−50 to 0 dBm) and default setting (−10 dBm).
  • Page 245 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement 3.2.3.3 Range (Non-attenuator models) This tab is only available for Keysight’s modular signal analyzers and certain other Keysight products. Examples include: – VXT This tab also does not appear in UXM. In UXM, all Attenuation and Range settings are disabled, as the expected input power level is handled by the Call Processing App that drives the DUT power control.
  • Page 246 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize IMMediate Remote Command Notes Executing Adjust Range for Min Clipping initiates the measurement Dependencies This control does not appear in the Swept SA and Monitor Spectrum measurements This control appears in all measurements in E7760 Restart Meas on Adjust Range This control is the same as "Restart Meas on Adjust Atten"...
  • Page 247 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Peak-to-Average Ratio Used with "Range (Non-attenuator models)" on page 2589 to optimize the level control in the instrument. The value is the ratio, in dB, of the peak power to the average power of the signal to be measured. A ratio of 0 should be used for sinusoidal signals;...
  • Page 248 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Mixer Lvl Offset This is an advanced setting to adjust target Range at the input mixer, which in turn affects the signal level in the instrument’s IF. This setting can be used when additional optimization is needed after setting "Peak-to-Average Ratio"...
  • Page 249 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement The value displayed on "Preselector Adjust" on page 2594 will change to reflect the new preselector tuning. A number of considerations should be observed to ensure proper operation. See "Proper Preselector Operation" on page 249.
  • Page 250 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement 3    In some models, the preselector can be bypassed. If it is bypassed, no centering will be attempted in that range and a message will be generated Preselector Adjust Allows you to manually adjust the preselector filter frequency to optimize its response to the signal of interest.
  • Page 251 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Notes PSA had multiple preselectors, and you could select which preselector to adjust. Since the X-Series has only one mm/uW preselector, the preselector selection control is no longer available. However, to provide backward compatibility, we accept the legacy remote commands...
  • Page 252 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement :POW:GAIN:BAND LOW Example :POW:GAIN:BAND? :POW:GAIN OFF :POW:GAIN? Dependencies Preamp is not available on all hardware platforms. If the preamp is not present or is unlicensed, the control is not shown Does not appear in VXT Models M9410A/11A/15A :POW:GAIN:BAND FULL is sent when a low band preamp is available, the preamp band parameter is set to...
  • Page 253 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Option LNA is not required by VXT model M9415A Does not appear in VXT models M9420A/21A/10A/11A May not appear in some measurements The LNA is not available when the electronic/soft attenuator is enabled Preset State Saved Saved in State...
  • Page 254 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement activated, which can cause some noise degradation but preserves the life of the bypass switch. For applications that utilize the wideband IF paths, the preset state is µW Preselector Bypass, if option MPB is present. This is because, when using a wideband IF such as the 140 MHz IF, the µW Preselector’s bandwidth can be narrower than the available IF bandwidth, causing degraded amplitude flatness and phase linearity, so it is desirable to bypass the preselector in the default case.
  • Page 255 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Alignment switching ignores the settings in this menu, and restores them when finished Dependencies Does not appear in CXA-m Does not appear in VXT Models M9410A/11A Does not appear in BBIQ and External Mixing The Low Noise Path Enable selection does not appear unless Option LNP is present and licensed The µW Preselector Bypass selection does not appear unless Option MPB is present and licensed The Full Bypass Enable selection does not appear unless options LNP and MPB are both present as...
  • Page 256 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement This allows the function to automatically switch based on certain Auto Rules as shown below: VMA Mode Measurement When µW Path Control is in Auto: Digital Demod Use Standard Path unless tuned frequency > 3.6 GHz and IFBW > 15 MHz, in which case choose Preselector Bypass Monitor Spectrum Always Presel Bypass...
  • Page 257 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Measurement When µW Path Control is in Auto: Rule’ is Best Dynamic Range, auto µW path is standard 2. For other cases, auto µW path is presel bypass if presel bypass is enabled, auto µW path is standard if presel bypass is not enabled Spurious Always Standard Path...
  • Page 258 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO? Dependencies Only appears in VMA, WLAN, 5G NR and CQM modes Couplings See the tables above Preset ON|OFF Range Low Noise Path Enable You may select Low Noise Path Enable, which gives a lower noise floor under some circumstances, particularly when operating in the 21-26.5 GHz region.
  • Page 259 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement high enough that the preamp option would have excessive third-order intermodulation or compression. The preamp, if purchased and used, gives better noise floor than does the “Low Noise Path.” However, its compression threshold and third-order intercept are much poorer than that of the non-preamp path.
  • Page 260 Option MPB or pre-selector bypass provides an unpreselected input mixer path for certain X-Series signal analyzers with frequency ranges above 3.6 GHz. This signal path allows a wider bandwidth and less amplitude variability, which is an advantage when doing modulation analysis and broadband signal analysis.
  • Page 261 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement – the stop frequency is above 3.6 GHz. – the internal preamp is not installed or (if installed) is set to Off or Low Band Note that this means that, when any part of a sweep is done in Low Band, the Low Noise Path is not used, whether or not the Full Bypass Enable is selected in the user interface.
  • Page 262 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement For most applications, the preset state is OFF, which gives the best remote-control throughput, minimizes acoustic noise from switching, minimizes out of band spurs, and minimizes the risk of wear in the hardware switches. Preselector and Bandwidth Conflict When the Frequency Extender Preselector is applied and the signal bandwidth is greater than 2.5 [GHz], then a settings alert message will show to warn the user...
  • Page 263 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Full Bypass Enabled, maximum safe input power reduced [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL? :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL ON Example :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL? Dependencies Only appears if option FBP is installed Only appears in the following measurements –...
  • Page 264 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement preselection must be used to suppress and separate images above 50 GHz. The specific algorithm used for software preselection is specified by the SW Preselection Type selection – Normal or Advanced. For N9042B+V3050A, Software Preselection only applies for frequencies above 50 GHz, therefore it is only used for External RF.
  • Page 265 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state SW Preselection Type Specifies the algorithm used for software preselection. Two hidden sweeps are taken in succession. The second sweep is offset in LO frequency by 2*IF/N. For each point in each trace, the smaller amplitude from the two traces is taken and placed in that point in the selected trace.
  • Page 266 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement – NORMal – when making Swept measurements, a software preselection algorithm is used which takes up to 4 background acquisitions, then post- processes the result. This algorithm can remove images from signals with an occupied bandwidth up to around 3 GHz.
  • Page 267 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement :WAV:PFIL ON Dependencies This control only appears in VXT models M9410A/11A with center frequency above 1310 MHz Preset See “Prefilter Presets” below State Saved Saved in instrument state Prefilter Presets Meas Mode Preset SPEC BASIC...
  • Page 268 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement 3.2.4.1 Settings The Settings tab contains the basic Bandwidth functions. In most measurements it is the only tab under Bandwidth. Res BW Activates the resolution bandwidth active function, which allows you to manually set the resolution bandwidth (RBW) of the instrument.
  • Page 269 For backwards compatibility this command obeys both the BANDwidth BWIDth forms Compatibility For ESA, the maximum Res BW was 5 MHz; on X-Series it is 8 MHz Notes RBW Presets Unless noted in the table below, the Preset value of RBW is Auto. Mode...
  • Page 270 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Carrier BW Auto RBW, kHz 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz 200 kHz (NB-IoT, only available in FDD) 5G NR Bandwidth Auto RBW, kHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz...
  • Page 271 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement When the Video BW is manually selected, it may be returned to the coupled state by pressing the Auto/Man toggle on the Video BW control. This may also be done by pressing Auto Couple or by performing a Preset. [:SENSe]:CHPower:BANDwidth:VIDeo <bandwidth>...
  • Page 272 –3 dB bandwidth of the filter. That is, a 10 MHz Res BW filter was a Gaussian shape with its –3 dB points 10 MHz apart. In the X-Series, the RBW Filter BW menu lets you choose between a Gaussian and Flat Top filter shape, for varying measurement conditions.
  • Page 273 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement 3.2.5 Display The Display key opens the Display Menu, which lets you configure display items for the current Mode, Measurement View or Window. 3.2.5.1 Meas Display The Meas Display tab contains controls for setting up the display for the current Measurement, View or Window.
  • Page 274 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement 3.2.5.2 Annotation Contains controls for setting up the annotation for the current Mode or Measurement. Graticule Turns the display graticule On or Off for all windows with graticules in all measurements in the current Mode. Also turns the graticule Y-Axis annotation on and off.
  • Page 275 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Trace Annotation Turns on and off the labels on the traces, showing their detector (or their Math Mode) as described in the Trace section, for all windows in all measurements in the current Mode for which Trace Annotation on/off is supported.
  • Page 276 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement :DISP:ANN:MBAR OFF Example Dependencies Grayed out and forced to when System Display Settings, Annotation is Preset This remains through a Preset when System Display Settings, Annotation is set to State Saved Saved in instrument state Display Enable (Remote Command Only) Turns the display on/off, including the display drive circuitry.
  • Page 277 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Name Command :INSTrument:SCReen:DELete:ALL Delete All But This Screen :INSTrument:SCReen:CREate Add Screen :INSTrument:SCReen:REName Rename Screen :SYSTem:SEQuencer Sequencer On/Off :DISPlay:ENABle OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command :DISPlay:ENABle? :DISP:ENAB OFF Example Couplings :DISP:ENAB OFF turns Backlight :DISP:ENAB ON...
  • Page 278 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement :DISP:CHP:VIEW? PRESult Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Range Power Results|Carrier Info View selection by number (MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR) Selects the results view. The following command allows you to select the desired measurement view by enumeration.
  • Page 279 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Example Select Baseband as the current View :DISP:VIEW:ADV:SEL “Baseband” Notes You must be in the measurement whose View you are trying to set to send the command. You can only set Views for the current measurement using this command For predefined views, the parameter is derived from the view name that is shown in the View list in the user interface.
  • Page 280 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Notes <alphanumeric> is case insensitive; you can specify mixed case, however the name will be evaluated on a single case <alphanumeric> name already exists as a View, the error message “-224, Illegal parameter value; View <alphanumeric>...
  • Page 281 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement :DISP:VIEW:ADV:DEL Example Notes <alphanumeric> is case insensitive; you can specify mixed case, however the name will be evaluated on a single case If the <alphanumeric> is not present in the list of View names, the error message “-224, Illegal parameter value;...
  • Page 282 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement User View Listing Query Returns a string containing a comma-separated list of names for only the User Views available for the current Measurement. :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:USER:CATalog? Remote Command :DISP:VIEW:ADV:USER:CAT? Example Notes Returns a quoted string of the available User Views for the current measurement, separated by commas.
  • Page 283 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement it would not make sense for Carrier Reference Frequency to take on this global value. In LTE-A and 5G NR, if the following conditions are satisfied at the same time: – the Number of Component Carrier equals 1 –...
  • Page 284 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement frequency range of one of the component carriers or a range far away from the component carriers to see spurious. The Center Frequency in these three measurements has a different meaning, therefore it should be a separate setting from Carrier Reference Frequency.
  • Page 285 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer <freq> Remote Command [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer? :FREQ:CENT 50 MHz Example sets Center Frequency to 50 MHz :FREQ:CENT UP increments the Center Frequency by the value of CF Step :FREQ:CENT? returns the current value of Center Frequency Notes This command sets the RF, External Mixing or I/Q Center Frequency depending on the selected input For RF input it is equivalent to...
  • Page 286 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Freq Option CF after Mode Stop Freq after Mode Max Freq (can't tune Preset Preset above) 507 (CXA) 3.755 GHz 7.5 GHz 7.58 GHz 508 (all but MXE) 1.805 GHz 3.6 GHz 8.5 GHz 508 (MXE) 4.205 GHz 8.4 GHz...
  • Page 287 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Model CF after Mode Preset Stop Freq after Mode Preset Max Freq (can't tune above) CXA opt C75 0.7505 GHz 1.5 GHz 1.58 GHz 505 MHz 1 GHz 1.000025 GHz Tracking Generator Frequency Limits (CXA only) Tracking Min Freq If above this Freq, Stop Freq...
  • Page 288 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement :FREQ:RF:CENT 30 MHz Example :FREQ:RF:CENT? Notes This command is the same in all modes, but the parameter is Measurement Global. So the value is independent in each mode and common across all the measurements in the mode Dependencies If the electronic/soft attenuator is enabled, any attempt to set Center Frequency such that the Stop Frequency would be >3.6 GHz fails and results in an advisory message.
  • Page 289 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement When Restore Input/Output Defaults is performed, the mixer presets to the 11970A, whose Start and Stop frequencies are 26.5 and 40 GHz respectively. The center of these two frequencies is 33.25 GHz Therefore, after a Restore Input/Output Defaults, if you go into External Mixing and do a Mode Preset while in the Spectrum Analyzer Mode, the resulting Center Freq is 33.25 GHz State Saved...
  • Page 290 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement If the RRC Filter in on, then the span is increased by a factor of 1 + Filter Alpha. "Span Presets" on page 291 [:SENSe]:CHPower:FREQuency:SPAN <freq> Remote Command [:SENSe]:CHPower:FREQuency:SPAN? :CHP:FREQ:SPAN 10 MHz Example :CHP:FREQ:SPAN? Dependencies...
  • Page 291 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement parameters Center Frequency, Start Frequency, Stop Frequency Annunciation Data out of range, value clipped to upper limit Annotation Span <value> appears on the first line of the annotation in the lower right corner of display LTE, 5G NR only: [:SENSe]:CHPower:FREQuency:SPAN:AUTO ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command...
  • Page 292 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Freq Option Max Span (can't set higher than this) (MXE) 526, F26 26.55 GHz (CXA, CXA-m) 44.5 GHz 52 GHz 5.75 GHz (VXT models M9410A/11A) F06 & EP6 6.27 GHz (VXT models M9410A/11A) F06 &...
  • Page 293 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Mode Radio Std Preset Value WLAN 802.11a/g(OFDM/DSSS-OFDM) 30 MHz 802.11b 37.5 MHz 802.11n/ac/ax/be 20MHz 30 MHz 802.11n/ac/ax/be 40MHz 60 MHz 802.11n/ac/ax/be 80 MHz 120 MHz 802.11n/ac/ax/be 160 MHz 240 MHz 802.11n/ac/ax/be 80 MHz + 80 MHz 360 MHz 802.11be 320 MHz 480MHz...
  • Page 294 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state – (the maximum frequency of the instrument). That is, 27 GHz max freq instrument has a CF step range of ±27 GHz. Note that this is the maximum frequency given the current settings of the instrument, so in External Mixing, for example, it is the maximum frequency of the current mixer band The maximum frequency of the instrument.
  • Page 295 Backwards In pre-X-Series instruments, Frequency Offset could not be adjusted by the knob or step keys. That is Compatibility no longer the case Notes Some previous spectrum analyzers did not adjust frequency counter results for the Frequency Offset.
  • Page 296 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement For more detailed information on the types of Markers and the interaction between Markers, see the Marker section of the Swept SA measurement. 3.2.7.1 Select Marker Specifies the selected marker. The term “selected marker” is used throughout this document to specify which marker will be affected when you change marker settings, perform a Peak Search, etc.
  • Page 297 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Preset After a preset, all markers are turned OFF, so Marker X-Axis Value query returns a not a number (NAN) State Saved Saved in instrument state -9.9E+37 9.9E+37 Annotation Mkr # <X value> and <Marker value> upper right on graph Marker X Axis Position (Remote Command Only) Sets the marker X-Axis Scale position in trace points.
  • Page 298 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Marker Mode Sets the marker control mode to POSition (Normal), DELTa, or OFF. All interactions and dependencies detailed under the control description are enforced when the remote command is sent. If the selected marker is OFF, pressing Marker sets it to POSition and places it at the center of the screen on the trace determined by the Marker Trace rules.
  • Page 299 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Delta Marker (Reset Delta) The effect of pressing this button is exactly the same as pressing the Delta selection on the Marker Mode radio button. The selected marker becomes a Delta Marker. If the selected marker is already a Delta marker, the reference marker is moved to the current position of the selected marker, thus resetting the Delta to zero.
  • Page 300 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement 3.2.7.3 Peak Search The controls on the Peak Search tab allow you to move the marker to selected peaks of the signal, giving you enormous analysis capabilities, particularly when combined with the Delta Marker function. Pressing the Peak Search hardkey automatically moves you to the Peak Search NOTE page of the Marker menu and performs a Peak Search.
  • Page 301 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement marker is moved to the current position of the selected marker, thus resetting the Delta to zero. The control is duplicated here in the Peak Search Menu to allow you to conveniently perform a peak search and change the marker’s control mode to Delta without having to access two separate menus.
  • Page 302 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Set to the defaults by using Restore Mode Defaults. This is not reset by Marker Off, All Markers Off, or Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state. Not affected by Marker Off and hence not affected by Preset or power cycle Annunciation Appears in the marker label of a Delta marker Marker Trace...
  • Page 303 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement 3.2.8 Meas Setup The Meas Setup menu panel contains functions for setting up the measurement parameters and also contains functions for setting up parameters global to all measurements in the Mode. 3.2.8.1 Settings The Settings tab contains frequently used Meas Setup functions to which you will want the fastest access.
  • Page 304 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement :FETCh:<meas>? query to retrieve the data as it waits for completion of Continue Averaging. *OPC? doesn't wait for completion and returns true immediately. Pressing this control adds (to the already averaged trace or measurement) a number of averages equal to the Avg|Hold number.
  • Page 305 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement :CHP:AVER ON Example :CHP:AVER? Preset State Saved ON|OFF Range Avg Mode Allows you to select the type of termination control used for the averaging function. This determines the averaging action after the specified number of data acquisitions (average count) is reached.
  • Page 306 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement When you change Integ BW, the span changes accordingly by keeping the same ratio of Span/Integ Preset Mode Radio Std Integ BW 2 MHz WCDMA 5 MHz LTE, LTETDD, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD 5 MHz WLAN 802.11a/g(OFDM/DSSS-OFDM) 20 MHz...
  • Page 307 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement IF Gain Sets the IF Gain function to Auto, Low Gain or High Gain. These settings affect sensitivity and IF overloads. [:SENSe]:CHPower:IF:GAIN[:STATe] ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command [:SENSe]:CHPower:IF:GAIN[:STATe]? [:SENSe]:CHPower:IF:GAIN:AUTO[:STATe] ON | OFF | 1 | 0 [:SENSe]:CHPower:IF:GAIN:AUTO[:STATe]? :CHP:IF:GAIN ON...
  • Page 308 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement You can disable this function to speed up your measurement by setting Spur Avoidance to “Disabled.” Note that when Spur Avoidance is not in effect, either because you have disabled it or because you are not in multiple capture, the following warning message will appear in the status bar: Settings Alert;Spur Avoidance Off This is to alert you that measurement accuracy might be impacted by the fact that...
  • Page 309 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement :COUPLE ALL | NONE Backwards Compatibility SCPI :COUP:NONE Backwards puts all Auto/Man parameters in manual mode, decoupling all the coupled instrument Compatibility parameters. It is retained for backwards compatibility and is not recommended for making Notes measurements or new designs All Auto/Man parameter couplings in the measurement are set to Auto.
  • Page 310 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement – Upper and Lower Tone (set to Sense – )Zero span measurement Resolution Bandwidth – Zero span measurement Dwell Time Harmonics For Harmonics, these parameters are: – Resolution Bandwidth – Fundamental Frequency –...
  • Page 311 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement – If changed to downlink: External 1 In Trasmint On|Off Power, changing the direction affects the trigger source as follows – If changed to uplink: Periodic – If changed to downlink: External 1 except for models with the  H1G option. With the H1G option, the trigger source changes as follows.
  • Page 312 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement an allocation where two sub-blocks are separated with a sub-block gap: – Contiguous – All the component carriers belong to one block and no sub-block gap exists – Non-Contiguous – Component carriers are separated into two sub-blocks. Allocation Break Pt Carrier determines how sub-blocks are configured [:SENSe]:CCARrier:CONFig:ALLocation CONTiguous | NCONtiguous Remote...
  • Page 313 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Point list will include CC0~CC1 if the number of Component Carriers is 2 Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state CC0|…|CC15 Range Configure Comp Carriers This dialog lets you perform a detailed configuration of your component carriers, including number of carriers, bandwidth, offset, integration bandwidth, and so on.
  • Page 314 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement [:SENSe]:CCARrier:AFOFfset? :CCAR:AFOF ACRA100K Example :CCAR:AFOF? Notes When you change the value to OFF, nothing happens Dependencies Changing Number of Component Carriers, CC's Bandwidth, or CC's Frequency Range will recalculate frequency offset unless OFF is selected When CC’s Frequency Offset is manually changed, this parameter is set to OFF This feature isn’t supported when Carrier Allocation is set to Non-Contiguous.
  • Page 315 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Measure Carrier This column sets whether to measure this component carrier or not. [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15[:STATe] OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15[:STATe]? :CCAR0 ON Example :CCAR0? Notes The command is used with a sub-op code <n> (default=0) to specify the component carrier for config- uration.
  • Page 316 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:RADio:STANdard:BANDwidth B5M | B10M | B15M | Remote B20M | B25M | B30M | B40M | B50M | B60M | B70M | B80M | B90M | B100M | Command B200M | B400M [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:RADio:STANdard:BANDwidth? :CCAR4:RAD:STAN:BAND B50M Example...
  • Page 317 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Notes Used with a sub-op code <n> (default=0) to specify the component carrier for configuration. The range of the sub-op code is determined by the number of component carriers Frequency Offset of CC0 to CC15 is recommended to be set in ascending order for the best related couplings.
  • Page 318 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state 1007 Demod Spectrum This column determines if the spectrum of the incoming data is mirrored or not. The actual mirroring is accomplished by conjugating the complex time data. Note that only the Modulation Analysis measurement and Conformance EVM measurement support this feature.
  • Page 319 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement ACP Power Integration Bandwidth This column specifies the Measurement Noise Bandwidth used to calculate the power in the component carriers in the ACP measurement. [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:ACPower:BANDwidth[1]|2:INTegration <freq> Remote Command [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:ACPower:BANDwidth[1]|2:INTegration? :CCAR0:ACP:BAND:INT 20MHz Example :CCAR0:ACP:BAND:INT? Notes Carrier sub op code, 1 is for BTS, 2 for MS.
  • Page 320 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Preset 98.280 MHz|98.310 MHz State Saved 100 kHz 400 MHz SEM Power Integration Bandwidth This column specifies the integration bandwidth used to calculate the power in the component carriers in SEM measurement. [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:SEMask:BANDwidth[1]|2:INTegration <freq>...
  • Page 321 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement 3.2.8.4 Meas Standard The tab contains settings which let you configure the analyzer to match the measurement standard in your 5G NR signal. The section entitled “Configure Preset” lets you configure the preset values for the Component Carriers.
  • Page 322 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement MHz|200 MHz|400 MHz [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet[:BANDwidth] Backwards Compatibility SCPI Frequency Range This control is part of the “Configure Presets” section of Meas Standard. It lets you set the "Freq Range" on page 2641 of each component carrier in the same way you would do so using the table in the Configure Comp Carriers dialog on the Component Carriers tab.
  • Page 323 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement You must press Apply Preset (to all CCs) or the value on this controls will not NOTE affect the Component Carriers. Once you have applied this preset value, any new CCs created by setting the "Number of Component Carriers"...
  • Page 324 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:SCS SCS15K | SCS30K | SCS60K | SCS120K Remote Command [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:SCS? [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:SCS:AUTO[:STATe] OFF | ON | 0 | 1 [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:SCS:AUTO[:STATe]? :RAD:STAN:PRES:SCS SCS30K Example :RAD:STAN:PRES:SCS? :RAD:STAN:PRES:SCS:AUTO 0 :RAD:STAN:PRES:SCS:AUTO? Notes SCS will not be preset to the selected one until the action “Apply Preset (to All CCs)” is executed Dependencies Available selections depend on a combination of Bandwidth and Frequency Range (See Table 2).
  • Page 325 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement FR2 400M 120K* RB Alloc Preset This control is part of the “Configure Presets” section of Meas Standard. It lets you set the Resource Block Allocation Preset of each component carrier. Set the value you want for this control and the other controls in the “Configure Preset”...
  • Page 326 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement FQPSK Preset State Saved Range Cascading List Group Configuration Fulfilled Fulfilled QPSK Fulfilled 16 QAM Fulfilled 64 QAM Fulfilled 256 QAM Fulfilled 1024 QAM Fulfilled Pi/2 BPSK DL NR-TM1.1 DL NR-TM1.1 (Port 0) DL NR-TM1.1 (Port 1) DL NR-TM1.1 (2layers) DL NR-TM1.2...
  • Page 327 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:DLINk:NRTM TS38 | TS37CS1617 Remote Command [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:DLINk:NRTM? RAD:STAN:PRES:DLIN:NRTM TS38 Example RAD:STAN:PRES:DLIN:NRTM? Dependencies Grayed out when Radio Direction is Uplink. Couplings Values to be preset will not be preset until the action “Apply Preset (to All CCs)” is executed. Preset TS38 State Saved...
  • Page 328 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Adjust Limit Mask for Freq Range This control is part of the “Preset for ACP, SEM, Spur, Tx On|Off Power” section of the Advanced Preset Parameters dialog. It lets you specify the frequency range for preset.
  • Page 329 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Dependencies f ≤ 1.0 GHz: grayed out when Freq Range = FR2 1.0 < f ≤ 3.0 GHz: grayed out when Freq Range = FR2 3.0 < f ≤ 4.2 GHz: grayed out when Freq Range = FR2 4.2 <...
  • Page 330 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Dependencies Grayed out when Radio Direction is Uplink Couplings Values to be preset will not be preset until the action “Apply Preset (to All CCs)” is executed FR1C Preset State Saved Range 1-C (FR1 Conducted)|1-O (FR1 Radiated)| 2-O (FR2 Radiated) BS Category This control is part of the “Preset for ACP, SEM, Spur, Tx On|Off Power”...
  • Page 331 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement executed BWARea Preset State Saved Range Category A Wide Area BS| Category B Wide Area BS| Category A Medium Range BS|Category B Medium Range BS|Category A Medium Range BS (Low Power rated)|Category B Medium Range BS (Low Power rated)|Category A Local Area BS|Category B Local Area BS Assumed Adjacent Channels This control is part of the “Preset for ACP, Mod Analysis”...
  • Page 332 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement UE Power Class This control is part of the “Preset for ACP, Mod Analysis” section of the Advanced Preset Parameters dialog. It lets you select the UE Power Class for preset from Power Class 1 to 4.
  • Page 333 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement When Freq Range is FR1 and Duplex Mode is TDD: - PUSCH, PRACH Config Index12, PRACH Config Index123 and SRS When Freq Range is FR2: - PUSCH, PRACH Config Index0, SRS Preset State Saved Range PUSCH|PRACH Config Index 4|PRACH Config Index 160 (15 kHz SCS)|PRACH Config Index 160 (30 kHz...
  • Page 334 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Include Periodic Timer Period Enables you to select whether or not Periodic Timer Period is preset when Apply Preset is executed. [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:INCLude:FRAMe:PERiod OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:INCLude:FRAMe:PERiod? :RAD:STAN:PRES:INCL:FRAM:PER 1 Example :RAD:STAN:PRES:INCL:FRAM:PER?
  • Page 335 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Apply Preset (to All CCs) This is the same as the Apply Preset (to All CCs) control on the Meas Standard menu panel tab under Meas Standard. "Apply Preset (to All CCs)" on page 2659.
  • Page 336 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Duplex Mode FDD | TDD FDD | TDD µ = 0 (15 kHz), 1(30 kHz), 2 (60 kHz), 3 (120 kHz) µ = 0 (15 kHz), 1(30 kHz), 2 (60 kHz), 3 (120 kHz) RB Alloc Preset Fulfilled QPSK, Fulfilled 16 QAM, Fulfilled 64 QAM, Fulfilled Fulfilled Pi/2-BPSK (for DFT-s-...
  • Page 337 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement SCS, FDD), PRACH Config Index 160 (30 kHz SCS, FDD), PRACH Config Index 12 (TDD), PRACH Config Index 123 (15 kHz SCS, TDD), PRACH Config Index 123 (30 kHz SCS, TDD), When Freq Range is FR2: PUSCH, PRACH Config Index 0 (60 kHz SCS),...
  • Page 338 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement GHz, 4.2 < f ≤ 6.0 GHz Cat B WA BS f ≤ 1.0 GHz Table 6.6.4.5.3.1-1 None, Table 6.6.4.5.3.1-2 1.0 < f ≤ 3.0 GHz 3.0 < f ≤ 4.2 Table GHz, 6.6.4.5.3.1-3 4.2 <...
  • Page 339 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement 6.7.4.5.1.2-3 4.2 < f ≤ 6.0 GHz Table 6.7.4.5.1.2-4 Cat A MR BS, None, Table 6.7.4.5.1.4-1 Cat B MR BS f ≤ 1.0 GHz, 1.0 < f ≤ 3.0 GHz 3.0 < f ≤ 4.2 GHz Table 6.7.4.5.1.4-2 4.2 <...
  • Page 340 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Direction = Uplink Preset parameters Reference spec doc, ACP and SEM table in the menu Assumed Adjacent Channel (ACLR) Test Spec NR (same BW) TS38.521-1 Table 6.5.2.4.1.5-2 Table 6.5.2.2.5-1 v.16.7.0 (2021-03) UTRA, Table 6.5.2.4.2.5-2 NR + UTRA TS38.521-2...
  • Page 341 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Gate Holdoff (no preset) (no preset) (no preset) Periodic Select Periodic Trigger RF Burst RF Burst RF Burst Sync Src Sync Source (*4) Absolute Trig Level (no preset) (no preset) (no preset) Trigger Slope (no preset) (no preset)
  • Page 342 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Phase Noise Optimization Allows you to select the LO (local oscillator) phase noise behavior for various operating conditions. When in Auto, selects the LO (local oscillator) phase noise behavior to optimize dynamic range and speed for various instrument operating conditions.
  • Page 343 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Parameter Values Summary Option Description – In instruments with EP0, balances close-in phase noise with spur "Balanced" on page 344 avoidance – In instruments without EP0 optimizes phase noise for small frequency offsets from the carrier "Best Wide- Optimizes phase noise for wide frequency offsets from the carrier offset"...
  • Page 344 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement that occur with some center frequencies. Because this is generally less desirable for close-in measurements than the "Balanced" on page 344 setting, parameter 1 selects "Balanced" on page 344 in EP0 instruments, in the interests of optimizing code compatibility across the family.
  • Page 345 344. It is available with the "Fast Tuning" on page 345 label for convenience, and to make the user interface more consistent with other X-Series instrument family members. (In models whose hardware does not provide for a "Fast Tuning" on page 345 option, the settings for "Best Close-in"...
  • Page 346 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Models with Option Conditions Selection Span > 44.44 MHz, or "Fast Tuning" on page 345 Models with option EP1 have a two- RBW > 1.9 MHz, or loop local oscillator, which switches Source Mode is set to “Tracking”...
  • Page 347 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement In all the above cases: – The RBW to be used in the calculations is the equivalent –3 dB bandwidth of the current RBW filter – The rules apply whether in swept spans, zero span, or FFT spans Ranges Option Option #...
  • Page 348 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement NFE controls the degree of potential improvement in the noise floor to give more improvement for those instrument settings that can make good use of the potential improvement, such as settings that provide more averaging. The result is that when not much averaging is being performed, the signal displays more like the NFE-off case;...
  • Page 349 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement [:SENSe]:CORRection:NOISe:FLOor ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command [:SENSe]:CORRection:NOISe:FLOor? :CORR:NOIS:FLO ON Example Dependencies This control only appears in instruments with the NFE or NF2 license installed. In all others, the control does not appear, however the SCPI command will be accepted without error (but will have no effect) Couplings...
  • Page 350 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement After the noise density at the input mixer is estimated, the effects of the input attenuator, RBW, detector, etc. are computed to get the estimated input-port- referred noise level. In the simplest case, the measured power (signal plus instrument noise) in each display point (bucket) is compensated by subtracting the estimated noise power, leaving just the signal power.
  • Page 351 On instruments with the NF2 license installed, the calibrated Noise Floor used by Noise Floor Extensions should be refreshed periodically. Keysight recommends that the Characterize Noise Floor operation be performed after the first 500 hours of operation, and once every calendar year.
  • Page 352 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Adjusting the Center Freq of any Mode that supports Global Settings, while Global Center Freq is ON, modifies the Global Center Freq. When Global Center Freq is switched OFF, the Center Freq of the current Mode is unchanged, but now the Center Freq of each Mode is once again independent.
  • Page 353 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Dependencies Only available if option EMC is installed Preset Set to on Global Settings, Restore Defaults and System, Restore Defaults, All Modes ALL|NONE Range Extend Low Band The software maintains a Mode Global value called Extend Low Band. Under the current sweep configuration crossing over two bands, when Extend Low Band is turned ON, the instrument checks whether one band can cover the whole sweep frequency range or not.
  • Page 354 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement 3.2.9 Sweep Accesses controls to configure and control the acquisition of data, and the X-axis parameters of the instrument. Depending on the selected mode and measurement, these controls might include: Sweep Time, Continuous/Single, Pause/Resume, X Scale and Number of Points. 3.2.9.1 Sweep/Control Accesses controls that enable you to operate the Sweep and Control functions of the instrument, such as Sweep Time and Continuous/Single.
  • Page 355 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement span of the measurement. If you need to specify the same “Sweep Time” as you would for sweeping hardware, send [:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:TIME <time>. The measurement emulates the “Sweep Time” effect, but this emulation is not straightforward, and therefore the behavior is not specified.
  • Page 356 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement In the ACP measurement, when Meas Method is Fast Power, the minimum sweep time is 'span' dependent and automatically calculated Other than non-sweeping hardware: 4000 s Non-sweeping hardware: N/A Annotation The sweep time is displayed in the lower-right corner of the screen. The number of points is displayed parenthetically, as: Sweep 13.3 ms (1001 points) A “#”...
  • Page 357 Cont restarts averages (displayed average count reset to 1), but does not restart Max Hold and Min Hold The X-Series A-models have Single and Cont hardkeys in place of the SweepSingleCont softkey. In the X-Series A-models, if in single measurement, the Cont hardkey (and...
  • Page 358 INITiate:IMM switched from continuous measurement to single measurement and restarted sweeps and averages (displayed average count reset to 1), but did not restart Max Hold and Min Hold. In the X-Series, the Restart control and the INITiate:IMM command initiate a sweep/ measurement/ average sequence/hold...
  • Page 359 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement If the instrument is already in Single sweep, then pressing the Cont/Single toggle control in the middle of a sweep does not restart the sweep or sequence. Similarly, pressing the Cont/Single toggle control does not restart the sweep or sequence if the sweep is not in the idle state (for example, if you are taking a very slow sweep, or the instrument is waiting for a trigger).
  • Page 360 (displayed average count reset to 1) for a trace in Clear Write, but did not Notes restart Max Hold and Min Hold :INIT:REST In the X-Series, the Restart hardkey and the command restart not only Trace Average, but MaxHold and MinHold traces as well :INIT:REST...
  • Page 361 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement average count by 1, by pressing the Step Up key while Average/Hold Number is the active function, or by sending the remote command :CALC:AVER:TCON Trace Update The numeric results are not blanked at any time during the restart cycle; furthermore it is desirable, when restarting an average or max or min hold sequence, that the old trace data be visible (for comparison purposes) throughout the first sweep of the new sequence until it is overwritten - therefore clearing a...
  • Page 362 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Averaging The weighting factor used for averaging is k. This k is also the average/hold count for how many valid sweeps (data acquisitions) have been done. This k is used for comparisons with N, as those comparisons always needs to be based on valid completed sweeps.
  • Page 363 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Notes :INIT:CONT is ON, then a new continuous measurement will start immediately, with sweep (data acquisition) occurring once the trigger condition has been met is OFF, then :INIT:IMM :INIT:CONT is used to start a single measurement, with sweep (data acquisition) occurring once the trigger condition has been met Dependencies For continuous measurement,...
  • Page 364 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement instrument amplitude accuracy specifications only apply when Auto Sweep Time is set to ACCuracy. Additional amplitude errors that occur when Auto Sweep Time is set to NORMal usually well under 0.1 dB, though this is not guaranteed. Because of the faster sweep times and still low errors, NORMal is the preferred setting of Auto Sweep...
  • Page 365 State Saved Saved in instrument state Image Protection This control lets you turn IF Protection on and off. IF Protection is a technique used in unpreselected instruments (such as Keysight’s modular instruments) to detect 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 366 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement and suppress images and spurs that may be present in non-preselected hardware. IF Protection takes two sweeps and by correlating the data between them, provides a single, correct power-versus-frequency trace. [:SENSe]:SWEep:IMAGeprot OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command [:SENSe]:SWEep:IMAGeprot? Dependencies...
  • Page 367 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement – Max Hold – Min Hold Each type handles data in a different way. Each trace also has two values that determine whether it is being written or not, and whether it is being displayed or not. These values, Update and Display, are described fully in the "View/Blank"...
  • Page 368 View and Blank. Averaging was global to all traces and was controlled under the BW/Avg menu. In the X-Series, trace averaging can be done on a per-trace basis. The Trace Modes (now called Trace Types) are Clear/Write, Trace Average, Max Hold and Min Hold.
  • Page 369 :TRACe:MODE is retained to provide backwards compatibility In the X-Series, unlike earlier instruments, Max Hold and Min Hold now obey the Average Number and counts up to a terminal value as Average always has As the Average/Hold Number now affects Min Hold and Max Hold, the operations that restart...
  • Page 370 [:STATe] ON|OFF|1|0 was used to turn Averaging on or off In the X-Series, Averaging is turned on or off on a per-trace basis, so it can be on for one trace and off for another For backwards compatibility, the old global Average State variable is retained solely as a legacy...
  • Page 371 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Details of the count limiting behavior and the averaging calculations may be found under Avg|Hold Number and Average Type under Meas Setup. When in Trace Average, if a measurement-related instrument setting is changed (that is, one which requires new data to be taken, like Center Frequency or Attenuation), the average restarts and a new sweep is initiated but the trace is not cleared.
  • Page 372 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Min Hold The instrument maintains and displays a min hold trace, which represents the minimum data value on a point-point basis of the new trace data and previous trace data. Details of the count limiting behavior may be found under Avg|Hold Number under the Meas Setup functions.
  • Page 373 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement View Update OFF; Display Blank Update OFF; Display Background Update ON, Display Allows a trace to be blanked and continue to update “in the background”, which was not possible in the past In the Swept SA measurement, a trace with DisplayOFF is indicated by a...
  • Page 374 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement :TRAC2:UPD 0 Couplings Whenever you set Update to for any trace, the Display is set to for that trace Preset For Swept SA Measurement (in SA Mode): 1|0|0|0|0|0 On for Trace 1; Off for 2–6 For all other measurements: 1|0|0 for Trace 1;...
  • Page 375 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement markers may be placed on them In most cases, inactive traces are static and unchanging; however, there are cases when an inactive trace will update, specifically: – if data is written to that trace from remote –...
  • Page 376 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement – Sample-the detector indicates the instantaneous level of the signal at the center of the sweep points represented by each display point – Negative Peak-the detector determines the minimum of the signal within the sweep points Because they may not find a spectral component's true peak, neither average nor sample detectors measure amplitudes of CW signals as accurately as peak or...
  • Page 377 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement When any detector is selected by the user, this toggles automatically set to Man (manual). [:SENSe]:CHPower:DETector:AUTO ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command [:SENSe]:CHPower:DETector:AUTO? :CHP:DET:AUTO ON Example :CHP:DET:AUTO? Couplings When Detector setting is “Auto” ([:SENSe]:CHPower:DETector:AUTO?), Detector ([:SENSe]:CHPower:DETector[:FUNCtion]?) switches aligning with the switch of this parameter: “NORMal”...
  • Page 378 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement TRACe1|TRACe2|TRACe3 TRACe<n> Note that the format of the parameter differs from that for the Swept SA Measurement :CALC:MATH TRACE3,PDIF,TRACE1,TRACE2,0,0 Example Sets Trace 3 to Power Diff trace math function, and sets the First Trace operand (for Trace 3) to Trace 1 and the Second Trace operand (for Trace 3) to Trace 2 :CALC:MATH TRACE3,PSUM,TRACE1,TRACE2,0,0 Sets Trace 3 to Power Sum trace math function and sets the First Trace operand (for Trace 3) to Trace...
  • Page 379 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement sent with a destination trace number matching one of the operands, a warning is generated and the function does not turn on Couplings Whenever a math function other than is selected for a trace, that trace is set to Display = ON; and Update = For Swept SA Measurement (in SA Mode): Preset...
  • Page 380 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement During the sweep, the following formula is executed for each point in the trace operands, and the corresponding point is generated for the destination trace: DestinationTrace = 10 log(10(1/10)(FirstTrace) – 10(1/10)(SecondTrace)) The values of the trace points are assumed to be in a decibel scale, as they are internally stored.
  • Page 381 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Note that the Second Trace operand is not used for this function. Log Diff (Op1 - Op2 + Ref) Offsets the difference between the First Trace operand and the Second Trace operand by a reference and puts the result in the destination trace. This is like the A-B+DL function in some older instruments.
  • Page 382 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement new sweep is initiated. The process of acquiring data, processing it using the math and Average/Hold functions, and presenting it as trace data, consists of several functional blocks, as shown below: 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 383 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement For each active trace, the current trace point is processed for Trace 1, then Trace 2, then Trace 3, etc. Trace data is taken from either the detector for that trace, or 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 384 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement from the mathematical result of up to two other traces and an offset, depending on whether trace math is on or not. The resultant data is then fed to the Average/Hold processing block, where (if the trace type is Average, Max Hold, or Min Hold) it is processed with previous trace data.
  • Page 385 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement 5; for Trace 6, it presets to Trace 4 Operand 2: Trace number minus 1 (wraps at 1). For example, for Trace 1, Operand 2 presets to Trace 6; for Trace 6, it presets to Trace 5 State Saved Operands 1 and 2 for each trace are stored in instrument state Offset...
  • Page 386 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement From Trace Selects the trace to be copied to or exchanged with the "To Trace" on page 2123when a "Copy" on page 2123 "Exchange" on page 2124 is performed Preset To Trace Selects the trace to be copied from or exchanged with the "From Trace"...
  • Page 387 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement Exchange Executes a Trace Exchange based on the "From Trace" on page 2123 "To Trace" on page 2123 parameters. The From Trace and To Trace are exchanged with each other. The action is performed once. The X-Axis settings and domain of a trace are also copied when it is exchanged with another trace.
  • Page 388 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement :TRAC:CLE:ALL Example Dependencies When Signal ID is on, this key is grayed-out Multiple Traces for EIRP Enables you to preset traces as follows. Trace Function: From Trace = Trace 1, To Trace = Trace 2 Trace 1 Trace 2 Trace 3...
  • Page 389 3  5G NR Mode 3.2  Channel Power Measurement State Saved Range Trace 1 | Trace 2 | Trace 3 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 390 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement 3.3 Occupied BW Measurement This measurement computes and displays the bandwidth occupied by a given percentage of the total mean power of a signal. Occupied BW Measurement Commands The following commands and queries can be used to set up the measurement and retrieve the measurement results: :CONFigure:OBWidth :CONFigure:OBWidth:NDEFault...
  • Page 391 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Results Returned 2. Total Power or OBW Power – dBm (Power reference type can be changed with the Power Ref control in Meas Setup 3. Span - Hz 4. Spectrum Trace Points - points 5.
  • Page 392 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Results Returned 23. Upper x dB BW boundary - absolute power [dBm] 24. NaN (9.91E+37) Results 6, 7, 8, 20 and 24 always return NaN (9.91E+37) Returns the frequency-domain spectrum trace (data array) for the entire frequency range being measured for Trace 2 Returns the frequency-domain spectrum trace (data array) for the entire frequency range being measured for Trace 3...
  • Page 393 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state Min/Max 3.3.1.1 OBW Results Windows: "Graph" on page 393, "Metrics - OBW Results" on page 394 The spectrum trace is displayed in the upper window. Measurement results such as Occupied Bandwidth or Power are displayed in the lower window.
  • Page 394 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement For LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD mode only: 3.3.2.2 Metrics - OBW Results The OBW Results window displays the textual results of the Occupied BW measurement. View Size Position OBW Results Two fifth, full width Bottom Gate View One third, full width...
  • Page 395 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement For the LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD and 5G NR modes, the metric result is shown as below: Occupied Bandwidth The occupied bandwidth result is f – f where f and f are the lower and upper carrier boundary point.
  • Page 396 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement In the LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD and 5G NR modes, the number of active carriers is displayed to show how many carriers are identified as active in auto detected mode of span, otherwise “-” is displayed to indicate that it is out of scope. When there is one active carrier, Transmit Freq Error is displayed.
  • Page 397 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement The x dB reference power frequency result shows the frequency of the highest signal point within the OBW Span. The frequency display type, either Offset or Absolute, can be selected with the Boundary Frequency control under Display. OBW Boundary Results Name Corresponding Results...
  • Page 398 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Some features in this menu apply to multiple measurements. Some other features apply only to specific measurements and their controls are blanked or grayed-out in measurements that do not support the feature. 3.3.3.1 Y Scale Contains controls that pertain to the Y axis parameters of the measurement.
  • Page 399 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement :DISP:OBW:WIND:TRAC:Y:PDIV 5 Example :DISP:OBW:WIND:TRAC:Y:PDIV? Couplings Coupled to Scale Range as follows Scale/Div = Scale Range/10 (number of divisions) When the Auto Scaling is On, this value is automatically determined by the measurement result When you change a value, Auto Scaling automatically changes to Off Preset 10.00 dB / Div...
  • Page 400 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement For more on using offsets, see the Ref Level Offset control description for the Swept SA measurement. :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet <rel_ampl> Remote Command :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet? :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet:STATe OFF | ON | 0 | 1 :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet:STATe? :DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV:OFFS 12.7 Example :DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV:OFFS? Sets the Ref Level Offset to 12.7 dB.
  • Page 401 Controls the attenuator functions and interactions between the attenuation system components. There are two attenuator configurations in the X-Series. One is a Dual-Attenuator configuration consisting of a mechanical attenuator and an optional electronic attenuator. The other configuration uses a single attenuator with combined mechanical and electronic sections that controls all the attenuation functions.
  • Page 402 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement This tab also does not appear in UXM. In UXM all Attenuation and Range settings are disabled, as the expected input power level is handled by the Call Processing App that drives the DUT power control. Dependencies In measurements that support the I/Q inputs, this tab is unavailable when I/Q is the selected input, and is replaced by the Range tab in that case...
  • Page 403 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Attenuation menu says Mech Atten you have the Dual-Attenuator configuration. If the first control says Atten you have the Single-Attenuator configuration. (Note that depending on the measurement, there may be no Auto/Man functionality on the Mech Atten control.) In the Single-Attenuator configuration, you control the attenuation with a single control, as the fixed stage has only two states.
  • Page 404 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Only valid values are 0, 6, 14, 20 dB Annotation When the Input is RF, and the Input Port is RF Input 2, and the Full Range Attenuator is installed: On the Meas Bar, the field “Atten” displays as follows: –...
  • Page 405 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement In either case, if the attenuator was in Auto, it is set to Manual :POW:ATT:AUTO ON Turn Auto Mech Atten Dependencies Some measurements do not support the Auto setting of "Mech Atten" on page 404.
  • Page 406 Attenuator Configurations and Auto/Man As described in Y Scale, there are two distinct attenuator configurations available in the X-Series, the single attenuator and Dual-Attenuator configurations. In Dual- Attenuator configurations, we have the mechanical attenuation and the electronic attenuation, and the current total attenuation is the sum of the electronic + mechanical attenuation.
  • Page 407 (which has both a mechanical and electronic stage). However, in the Single-Attenuator configuration, EATT SCPI commands are accepted for compatibility with other X-series instruments and set a “soft” attenuation as described in . The “soft” attenuation is treated as an addition to the “main”...
  • Page 408 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement The electronic attenuator (and the “soft” attenuation function provided in Single-Attenuator config- urations) is unavailable above the low band (0-3.6 GHz, 0-3.4 GHz 0-3GHz, depending on the model). If the low band ranges from 0-3.6GHz, and Stop Frequency of the instrument is > 3.6 GHz, then the Enabled/Disabled section of the Elec Atten control will be OFF and grayed-out If the Internal Preamp is on, meaning it is set to Low Band or Full, the electronic attenuator (and the “soft”...
  • Page 409 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Electronic Attenuator: Pros and Cons" on page 410 for a detailed discussion of the pros and cons of using the electronic attenuator. For the Single-Attenuator configuration, for SCPI backwards compatibility, the “soft” attenuation feature replaces the Dual-Attenuator configuration’s electronic attenuator.
  • Page 410 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement – If now in Auto, (Mech) Atten recouples – If now in Man, (Mech) Atten is set to the value of total attenuation that existed before the Elec Atten was disabled. The resulting value is rounded up to the smallest value possible given the (Mech) Atten Step setting - (That is, 57 dB changes to 58 dB when (Mech) Atten Step is 2 dB) Using the Electronic Attenuator: Pros and Cons...
  • Page 411 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Notes Executing Adjust Atten for Min Clipping initiates the measurement Dependencies Does not appear in the Swept SA, RTSA, Monitor Spectrum and Complex Spectrum measurements For the Waveform measurement, this control is available only in 5G NR Mode Restart Meas on Adjust Atten Toggles the force restart switch for the "Adjust Atten for Min Clipping"...
  • Page 412 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement For the Waveform measurement, this control is available only in 5G NR Mode COMBined Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping If this function is ON, it applies the adjustment described under "Adjust Atten for Min Clipping"...
  • Page 413 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Preset when Elec Atten is Disabled at preset, otherwise ELEC State Saved Saved in instrument state Range Dual-Attenuator models: Off | Elec Atten Only | Mech + Elec Atten Single-Attenuator models: Off | On ELEC) Notes aliases to "Elec Atten Only"...
  • Page 414 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Single-Attenuator Models Dual-Attenuator models "Adjust Atten for Min Clipping" on page 2576 "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 412 selection is Mech + Elec Atten: 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 415 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 416 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 412 selection is Elec Only. Note that the Mech Atten value is not adjusted, and the value previously set is used. Therefore, there is a case that IF Overload is still observed depending on the input signal level and the Mech Atten setting.
  • Page 417 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuation:STEP[:INCRement]? :POW:ATT:STEP 2 Example :POW:ATT:STEP? Notes This feature has a toggle choice from the front panel, but it takes a specific value (in dB) when used remotely. The only valid values are 2 and 10 Dependencies Blanked in EXA, CXA and CXA-m if option FSA (2 dB steps) is not present.
  • Page 418 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Max Mixer Lvl Rules Allows you to optimize the Max Mixer Level setting for certain kinds of measurements. – NORMal – The historical, and thus backwards compatible, setting range (−50 to 0 dBm) and default setting (−10 dBm).
  • Page 419 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement 3.3.3.3 Range (Non-attenuator models) This tab is only available for Keysight’s modular signal analyzers and certain other Keysight products. Examples include: – VXT This tab also does not appear in UXM. In UXM, all Attenuation and Range settings are disabled, as the expected input power level is handled by the Call Processing App that drives the DUT power control.
  • Page 420 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize IMMediate Remote Command Notes Executing Adjust Range for Min Clipping initiates the measurement Dependencies This control does not appear in the Swept SA and Monitor Spectrum measurements This control appears in all measurements in E7760 Restart Meas on Adjust Range This control is the same as "Restart Meas on Adjust Atten"...
  • Page 421 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Peak-to-Average Ratio Used with "Range (Non-attenuator models)" on page 2589 to optimize the level control in the instrument. The value is the ratio, in dB, of the peak power to the average power of the signal to be measured. A ratio of 0 should be used for sinusoidal signals;...
  • Page 422 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Mixer Lvl Offset This is an advanced setting to adjust target Range at the input mixer, which in turn affects the signal level in the instrument’s IF. This setting can be used when additional optimization is needed after setting "Peak-to-Average Ratio"...
  • Page 423 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement The value displayed on "Preselector Adjust" on page 2594 will change to reflect the new preselector tuning. A number of considerations should be observed to ensure proper operation. See "Proper Preselector Operation" on page 423.
  • Page 424 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement 3    In some models, the preselector can be bypassed. If it is bypassed, no centering will be attempted in that range and a message will be generated Preselector Adjust Allows you to manually adjust the preselector filter frequency to optimize its response to the signal of interest.
  • Page 425 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Notes PSA had multiple preselectors, and you could select which preselector to adjust. Since the X-Series has only one mm/uW preselector, the preselector selection control is no longer available. However, to provide backward compatibility, we accept the legacy remote commands...
  • Page 426 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement :POW:GAIN:BAND LOW Example :POW:GAIN:BAND? :POW:GAIN OFF :POW:GAIN? Dependencies Preamp is not available on all hardware platforms. If the preamp is not present or is unlicensed, the control is not shown Does not appear in VXT Models M9410A/11A/15A :POW:GAIN:BAND FULL is sent when a low band preamp is available, the preamp band parameter is set to...
  • Page 427 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Option LNA is not required by VXT model M9415A Does not appear in VXT models M9420A/21A/10A/11A May not appear in some measurements The LNA is not available when the electronic/soft attenuator is enabled Preset State Saved Saved in State...
  • Page 428 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement activated, which can cause some noise degradation but preserves the life of the bypass switch. For applications that utilize the wideband IF paths, the preset state is µW Preselector Bypass, if option MPB is present. This is because, when using a wideband IF such as the 140 MHz IF, the µW Preselector’s bandwidth can be narrower than the available IF bandwidth, causing degraded amplitude flatness and phase linearity, so it is desirable to bypass the preselector in the default case.
  • Page 429 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Alignment switching ignores the settings in this menu, and restores them when finished Dependencies Does not appear in CXA-m Does not appear in VXT Models M9410A/11A Does not appear in BBIQ and External Mixing The Low Noise Path Enable selection does not appear unless Option LNP is present and licensed The µW Preselector Bypass selection does not appear unless Option MPB is present and licensed The Full Bypass Enable selection does not appear unless options LNP and MPB are both present as...
  • Page 430 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement This allows the function to automatically switch based on certain Auto Rules as shown below: VMA Mode Measurement When µW Path Control is in Auto: Digital Demod Use Standard Path unless tuned frequency > 3.6 GHz and IFBW > 15 MHz, in which case choose Preselector Bypass Monitor Spectrum Always Presel Bypass...
  • Page 431 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Measurement When µW Path Control is in Auto: Rule’ is Best Dynamic Range, auto µW path is standard 2. For other cases, auto µW path is presel bypass if presel bypass is enabled, auto µW path is standard if presel bypass is not enabled Spurious Always Standard Path...
  • Page 432 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO? Dependencies Only appears in VMA, WLAN, 5G NR and CQM modes Couplings See the tables above Preset ON|OFF Range Low Noise Path Enable You may select Low Noise Path Enable, which gives a lower noise floor under some circumstances, particularly when operating in the 21-26.5 GHz region.
  • Page 433 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement high enough that the preamp option would have excessive third-order intermodulation or compression. The preamp, if purchased and used, gives better noise floor than does the “Low Noise Path.” However, its compression threshold and third-order intercept are much poorer than that of the non-preamp path.
  • Page 434 Option MPB or pre-selector bypass provides an unpreselected input mixer path for certain X-Series signal analyzers with frequency ranges above 3.6 GHz. This signal path allows a wider bandwidth and less amplitude variability, which is an advantage when doing modulation analysis and broadband signal analysis.
  • Page 435 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement – the stop frequency is above 3.6 GHz. – the internal preamp is not installed or (if installed) is set to Off or Low Band Note that this means that, when any part of a sweep is done in Low Band, the Low Noise Path is not used, whether or not the Full Bypass Enable is selected in the user interface.
  • Page 436 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement For most applications, the preset state is OFF, which gives the best remote-control throughput, minimizes acoustic noise from switching, minimizes out of band spurs, and minimizes the risk of wear in the hardware switches. Preselector and Bandwidth Conflict When the Frequency Extender Preselector is applied and the signal bandwidth is greater than 2.5 [GHz], then a settings alert message will show to warn the user...
  • Page 437 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Full Bypass Enabled, maximum safe input power reduced [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL? :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL ON Example :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL? Dependencies Only appears if option FBP is installed Only appears in the following measurements –...
  • Page 438 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement preselection must be used to suppress and separate images above 50 GHz. The specific algorithm used for software preselection is specified by the SW Preselection Type selection – Normal or Advanced. For N9042B+V3050A, Software Preselection only applies for frequencies above 50 GHz, therefore it is only used for External RF.
  • Page 439 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state SW Preselection Type Specifies the algorithm used for software preselection. Two hidden sweeps are taken in succession. The second sweep is offset in LO frequency by 2*IF/N. For each point in each trace, the smaller amplitude from the two traces is taken and placed in that point in the selected trace.
  • Page 440 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement – NORMal – when making Swept measurements, a software preselection algorithm is used which takes up to 4 background acquisitions, then post- processes the result. This algorithm can remove images from signals with an occupied bandwidth up to around 3 GHz.
  • Page 441 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement :WAV:PFIL ON Dependencies This control only appears in VXT models M9410A/11A with center frequency above 1310 MHz Preset See “Prefilter Presets” below State Saved Saved in instrument state Prefilter Presets Meas Mode Preset SPEC BASIC...
  • Page 442 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement 3.3.4.1 Settings Contains the basic Bandwidth functions. In most measurements it is the only tab under Bandwidth. Res BW Activates the resolution bandwidth active function, which allows you to manually set the resolution bandwidth (RBW) of the instrument. Normally, Res BW (Auto) selects automatic coupling of the Res BW to Span using the ratio set by the Span:3 dB RBW control (some measurements do not have a Span:3 dB RBW control, in which case the measurement chooses the optimal ratio).
  • Page 443 For backwards compatibility this command obeys both the BANDwidth BWIDth forms Compatibility For ESA, the maximum Res BW was 5 MHz; on X-Series it is 8 MHz Notes RBW Presets Unless noted in the table below, the Preset value of RBW is Auto. Mode...
  • Page 444 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Video BW Lets you change the instrument post-detection filter (VBW or “video bandwidth”) from 1 Hz to 8 MHz in approximately 10% steps. In addition, a wide-open video filter bandwidth may be chosen by selecting 50 MHz. The VBW is annotated at the bottom of the display, in the center.
  • Page 445 –3 dB bandwidth of the filter. That is, a 10 MHz Res BW filter was a Gaussian shape with its –3 dB points 10 MHz apart. In the X-Series, the RBW Filter BW menu lets you choose between a Gaussian and Flat Top filter shape, for varying measurement conditions.
  • Page 446 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Preset Auto Couple chooses the preset value State Saved Saved in instrument state Annotation The annotation under RBW in the bottom left of the screen shows the type of filter or bandwidth that is being used.
  • Page 447 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Boundary Frequency Selects frequency display type from either Offset or Absolute: – OFFSet: offsets from Center Freq to OBW boundary frequency are displayed – ABSolute: absolute frequencies are displayed :DISPlay:OBWidth:WINDow2:BOUNdaries:FREQuency OFFSet | ABSolute Remote Command :DISPlay:OBWidth:WINDow2:BOUNdaries:FREQuency?
  • Page 448 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement OBWResults Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state OBWResults|BOUNdaries Range View Selection by Number :DISPlay:OBWidth:VIEW:NSELect <integer> Remote Command :DISPlay:OBWidth:VIEW:NSELect? :DISP:OBW:VIEW:NSEL 2 Example :DISP:OBW:VIEW:NSEL? Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Min/Max OBW Results Windows: "Graph"...
  • Page 449 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Notes You must be in the measurement whose View you are trying to set to send the command. You can only set Views for the current measurement using this command For predefined views, the parameter is derived from the view name that is shown in the View list in the user interface.
  • Page 450 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement <alphanumeric> name already exists as a View, the error message “-224, Illegal parameter value; View <alphanumeric> already exists” is generated If the display is disabled (via :DISP:ENAB OFF) then the error message “-221, Settings conflict; User View SCPI cannot be used while Display is disabled”...
  • Page 451 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement If the <alphanumeric> is not present in the list of View names, the error message “-224, Illegal parameter value; View <alphanumeric> does not exist” is generated If the current View is a Predefined View, the error message “-224, Illegal parameter value; Cannot delete a Predefined View”...
  • Page 452 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement User View Listing Query Returns a string containing a comma-separated list of names for only the User Views available for the current Measurement. :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:USER:CATalog? Remote Command :DISP:VIEW:ADV:USER:CAT? Example Notes Returns a quoted string of the available User Views for the current measurement, separated by commas.
  • Page 453 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Screen Annotation Controls the display of the annunciation and annotation around the graticule, including any annotation on lines (such as the display line, the threshold line, etc.) and the Y-Axis annotation, for all windows with screen annotation in all measurements in the current Mode.
  • Page 454 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Control Annotation Turns on and off the display of values on the Active Function controls for all measurements in the current Mode. This is a security feature. :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe] ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe]? :DISP:ACT OFF...
  • Page 455 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement – and you are in local operation, the display can be turned back on by pressing any :SYSTem:DEFaults MISC :DISPlay:ENABle ON key or by sending (neither *RST nor :SYSTem:PRESet enable the display) –...
  • Page 456 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement 3.3.6 Frequency Opens the Frequency menu, which contains controls that allow you to control the Frequency and Channel parameters of the instrument. Some features in the Frequency menu are the same for all measurements in the current Mode –...
  • Page 457 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement – Monitor Spectrum For other measurements, center frequency does not depend on channel. Following is the coupling of channel and center frequency: If Radio Stand is Basic or EDR: – Channel = (CF-2.402E9)/1.0e6 –...
  • Page 458 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Carrier Reference Frequency Sets carrier reference frequency. The center frequencies of carriers are defined as offset frequency from this value. This reference frequency is also the reference of carrier configuration preset. Because LTE-A, MSR and 5G NR measurements often deal with multiple carriers with distinct bandwidths, the simple Center Frequency parameter used in most measurements does not apply here.
  • Page 459 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state Min/Max Depends on instrument minimum center frequency. Same as Center Freq More Information In most applications, Center Frequency is generally where the carrier center is located at and thus plays a very important role. However, in LTE-Advanced TDD/FDD mode, the measurements are done based on carrier center frequencies and its bandwidths, both of which are calculated or obtained according to the carriers’...
  • Page 460 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement the Center Freq changes to the value for that input. SCPI commands are available to directly set the Center Freq for a specific input. Center Freq is remembered as you go from input to input. Thus you can set a Center Freq of 10 GHz with the RF Input selected, change to BBIQ and set a Center Freq of 20 MHz, then switch to External Mixing and set a Center Freq of 60 GHz, and when you go back to the RF Input the Center Freq will go back to 10 GHz;...
  • Page 461 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement "Center Frequency Presets" on page 461, "RF Center Freq" on page 463, "I/Q Center Freq" on page 464 "VXT Models with Radio Heads/CIU Frequency Range" on page 463 Annotation Center <value> appears in the lower left corner of the display Status Bits/OPC Non-overlapped dependencies...
  • Page 462 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Freq Option CF after Mode Stop Freq after Mode Max Freq (can't tune Preset Preset above) F08 (M9415A) 8.6 GHz 1 GHz 1.08 GHz F12 (M9415A) 12.9 GHz 1 GHz 1.08 GHz *For option 526, the Max CF in RTSA is 26.999999995 GHz.
  • Page 463 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement VXT Models with Radio Heads/CIU Frequency Range The following table shows the Center Frequency Presets and Range for VXT modes with Radio Heads/CIU. Products with Radio Heads/CIU Preset Start frequency Stop frequency M9421A + CIU 6 GHz 5.9 GHz...
  • Page 464 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement :FREQ:EMIX:CENT? Notes This command is the same in all modes, but the parameter is Measurement Global. So the value is independent in each mode and common across all the measurements in the mode Couplings When returning to External Mixing after having been switched to one of the other inputs (e.g., RF), you will come back into the settings that you had when you left External Mixing.
  • Page 465 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement -40.049995 MHz 40.049995 MHz Span Set the frequency of the occupied bandwidth span for the current measurement. [:SENSe]:OBWidth:FREQuency:SPAN <freq> Remote Command [:SENSe]:OBWidth:FREQuency:SPAN? [:SENSe]:OBWidth:FREQuency:SPAN:AUTO ON | OFF | 0 | 1 [:SENSe]:OBWidth:FREQuency:SPAN:AUTO? :OBW:FREQ:SPAN 2.4 MHz Example :OBW:FREQ:SPAN? :OBW:FREQ:SPAN:AUTO 0...
  • Page 466 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement For the max value of each hardware, see Center Frequency Presets table in 6.2.1.1 Center Frequency [:SENSe]:EBWidth:FREQuency:SPAN Backwards Compatibility SCPI LMH Channel Enables quick selection from a subset of the available channel numbers for the Low (channel 0), Middle (channel 39), or High (channel 78) channels.
  • Page 467 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement OTHers Preset State Saved FRANce|OTHers Range CF Step Changes the step size for the center frequency and start and stop frequency functions. Once a step size has been selected and the center frequency function is active, the step keys (and the UP|DOWN parameters for Center Frequency from remote commands) change the center frequency by the step-size value.
  • Page 468 Backwards In pre-X-Series instruments, Frequency Offset could not be adjusted by the knob or step keys. That is Compatibility no longer the case Notes Some previous spectrum analyzers did not adjust frequency counter results for the Frequency Offset.
  • Page 469 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement More Information This command does not affect any bandwidths or the settings of relative frequency parameters such as delta markers or span. It does not affect the current hardware settings of the instrument, but only the displayed frequency values. Entering an offset does not affect the trace position or display, just the value of the start and stop frequency and the values represented by the trace data.
  • Page 470 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement This control appears above the menu panel, indicating that it applies to all controls in the Marker menu panels. Select Marker is blanked if you select a tab whose controls do not depend on the selected marker (e.g., Counter). On any menu tab for which Select Marker displays, the first control is always Marker Frequency|Time.
  • Page 471 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Marker X Axis Position (Remote Command Only) Sets the marker X-Axis Scale position in trace points. This setting has no effect if the control mode is Off, but is the SCPI equivalent of entering a value if the control mode is Normal or Delta - except in trace points rather than X-Axis Scale units.
  • Page 472 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Marker Trace rules. At the same time, Marker X Axis Value appears on the Active Function area. The default active function is the active function for the currently selected marker control mode. If the current control mode is Off, there is no active function and the active function is turned off.
  • Page 473 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement All Markers Off Turns off all markers. :CALCulate:OBWidth:MARKer:AOFF Remote Command :CALC:OBW:MARK:AOFF Example 3.3.7.3 Peak Search The controls on this tab allow you to move the marker to selected peaks of the signal, giving you enormous analysis capabilities, particularly when combined with the Delta Marker function.
  • Page 474 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Peak Search Pressing this control moves the selected marker to the trace point which has the maximum y-axis value for that marker’s trace. Pressing the Peak Search hardkey automatically moves you to the Peak Search NOTE page of the Marker menu and performs a Peak Search.
  • Page 475 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Relative To Selects the marker to which the selected marker is relative (its reference marker). Every marker has another marker to which it is relative. This marker is referred to as the “reference marker” for that marker. This attribute is set by the Marker, Properties, Relative To key.
  • Page 476 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Specifying a Marker Trace manually or with this command associates the marker with the specified trace. If the marker is not OFF, it moves the marker from the trace it was on to the new trace. If the marker is it stays off but is now associated with the specified trace.
  • Page 477 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement After the specified number of average counts, the average mode (termination control) setting determines the average action. [:SENSe]:OBWidth:AVERage:COUNt <integer> Remote Command [:SENSe]:OBWidth:AVERage:COUNt? :OBW:AVER:COUN 1500 Example :OBW:AVER:COUN? Preset State Saved Min/Max 1/10000 Annotation The average count is displayed in the measurement bar on the front panel display.
  • Page 478 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Terminal Count (Remote Command Only) Query only. Returns the terminal count that shows the target average number after Continue Averaging is pressed. Every time you press Continue Averaging, the terminal count increases to 2N, 3N and so on. The value is the same as the Avg|Hold Number unless Continue Averaging is pressed and it is reset to match the Avg|Hold Number when Restart is pressed.
  • Page 479 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement – When set to REPeat, the measurement resets the average counter each time the specified number of averages is reached [:SENSe]:OBWidth:AVERage:TCONtrol EXPonential | REPeat Remote Command [:SENSe]:OBWidth:AVERage:TCONtrol? :OBW:AVER:TCON REP Example :OBW:AVER:TCON? Preset State Saved EXPonential|REPeat Range...
  • Page 480 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state TPOWer|OBWPower Range x dB Sets the x dB value used for the "x dB bandwidth" result that measures the bandwidth between two points on the signal which is x dB down from the highest signal point within the OBW Span.
  • Page 481 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement unless noted below For 5GNR, Uplink: ICENter State Saved NORMal|ICENter Range Spur Avoidance Because the VXT models M9410A/11A/15A are direct-conversion (zero-IF) receivers, feedthrough leakage from the local oscillator appears as a spurious signal (spur) at the center frequency.
  • Page 482 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Auto Couple Immediately puts all Auto/Man functions into Auto. The Auto Couple action is confined to the current measurement only. It does not affect other measurements in the Mode. In the Auto state, Auto/Man functions are said to be “coupled”, meaning their values change as you make changes to other values in the measurement.
  • Page 483 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Executing the Auto Couple command does not affect markers, marker functions, trace or display attributes, or any other instrument setting other than those specifically mentioned above. Measurement-Specific Details Parameters affected by Auto Couple are: –...
  • Page 484 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Max Hold (Remote Command Only) When ON, Max Hold displays and holds the maximum responses of the current measurement. Turn Max HoldOFF to disable the maximum hold feature. [:SENSe]:OBWidth:MAXHold ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command [:SENSe]:OBWidth:MAXHold?
  • Page 485 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement – If Radio Std is 802.11b: 25 MHz – If Radio Std is 802.11n/ac/ax/be (20MHz): 20 MHz – If Radio Std is 802.11n/ac/ax/be (40MHz): 40 MHz – If Radio Std is 802.11n/ac/ax/be (80MHz): 80 MHz –...
  • Page 486 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Dependencies This control only appears in the LTEAFDD/LTEATDD and 5GNR modes Preset 5.0000 MHz State Saved Saved in instrument state Min/Max 1 kHz/Depends on instrument maximum frequency :CALCulate:OBWidth:LIMit:FBLimit:AUTO ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command :CALCulate:OBWidth:LIMit:FBLimit:AUTO? :CALC:OBW:LIM:FBL:AUTO OFF...
  • Page 487 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement – If changed to downlink: External 1 except for models with the  H1G option. With the H1G option, the trigger source changes as follows. – External 1, when Info BW ≤ 255 MHz –...
  • Page 488 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement – Non-Contiguous – Component carriers are separated into two sub-blocks. Allocation Break Pt Carrier determines how sub-blocks are configured [:SENSe]:CCARrier:CONFig:ALLocation CONTiguous | NCONtiguous Remote Command [:SENSe]:CCARrier:CONFig:ALLocation? :CCAR:CONF:ALL CONT Example :CCAR:CONF:ALL? CONTiguous Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Range...
  • Page 489 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Configure Comp Carriers This dialog lets you perform a detailed configuration of your component carriers, including number of carriers, bandwidth, offset, integration bandwidth, and so on. Configure CCs Lets you configure bandwidth, frequency offsets, and integration bandwidth, and also lets you exclude certain carriers from the measurement.
  • Page 490 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Dependencies Changing Number of Component Carriers, CC's Bandwidth, or CC's Frequency Range will recalculate frequency offset unless OFF is selected When CC’s Frequency Offset is manually changed, this parameter is set to OFF This feature isn’t supported when Carrier Allocation is set to Non-Contiguous.
  • Page 491 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15[:STATe]? Command :CCAR0 ON Example :CCAR0? Notes The command is used with a sub-op code <n> (default=0) to specify the component carrier for config- uration. The range of the sub-op code is determined by the number of component carriers Couplings Measure Carrier of the CCs that are within "Number of Component Carriers"...
  • Page 492 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Couplings This value will be preset to the Bandwidth value in the Meas Standard menu when the action “Apply Preset (to All CCs)” is executed B100M Preset State Saved Range 5 MHz|10 MHz|15 MHz|20 MHz|25 MHz|30 MHz|40 MHz|50 MHz|60 MHz|70 MHz|80 MHz|90 MHz|100 MHz|200 MHz|400 MHz Freq Range This column enables you to set which frequency range to which each component...
  • Page 493 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement configured correctly, results related to sub-block gap such as ACP/SEM inner offset results are not measured correctly Also, in some cases, make sure if the “Non-Contiguous Break at” parameter is set to the intended value since it’s often left unchanged after Frequency Offset of CCs are changed Preset 0 Hz...
  • Page 494 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Demod Spectrum This column determines if the spectrum of the incoming data is mirrored or not. The actual mirroring is accomplished by conjugating the complex time data. Note that only the Modulation Analysis measurement and Conformance EVM measurement support this feature.
  • Page 495 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:ACPower:BANDwidth[1]|2:INTegration? :CCAR0:ACP:BAND:INT 20MHz Example :CCAR0:ACP:BAND:INT? Notes Carrier sub op code, 1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS Couplings When either Bandwidth of the parameter set, Freq Range, or Direction is changed, the value of this parameter also changes as shown in the following table When Freq Range is FR1 Bandwidth...
  • Page 496 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement SEM Power Integration Bandwidth This column specifies the integration bandwidth used to calculate the power in the component carriers in SEM measurement. [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:SEMask:BANDwidth[1]|2:INTegration <freq> Remote Command [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:SEMask:BANDwidth[1]|2:INTegration? :CCAR0:SEM:BAND:INT 20MHz Example :CCAR0:SEM:BAND:INT? Notes Bandwidth sub op code, 1 is for BTS, 2 for MS.
  • Page 497 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement presets will be applied to each Component Carrier. Furthermore, any new Component Carriers will take on the same values you have applied. You must press Apply Preset (to all CCs) or the values on the controls will not NOTE affect the Component Carriers.
  • Page 498 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Frequency Range This control is part of the “Configure Presets” section of Meas Standard. It lets you set the "Freq Range" on page 2641 of each component carrier in the same way you would do so using the table in the Configure Comp Carriers dialog on the Component Carriers tab.
  • Page 499 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:DMODe FDD | TDD Remote Command [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:DMODe? :RAD:STAN:PRES:DMOD TDD Example :RAD:STAN:PRES:DMOD? Dependencies Available selections depend on Frequency Range. See table below When is selected, both TDD and FDD are available. When is selected, only TDD is available Preset State Saved Range...
  • Page 500 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement :RAD:STAN:PRES:SCS:AUTO 0 :RAD:STAN:PRES:SCS:AUTO? Notes SCS will not be preset to the selected one until the action “Apply Preset (to All CCs)” is executed Dependencies Available selections depend on a combination of Bandwidth and Frequency Range (See Table 2). When AUTO is selected, the largest Tx BW’s one (marked with * in the table below) is selected SCS30K Preset...
  • Page 501 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement you want for this control and the other controls in the “Configure Preset” section then press “Apply Preset (to all CCs)”. You must press Apply Preset (to all CCs) or the value on this controls will not NOTE affect the Component Carriers.
  • Page 502 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Group Configuration Fulfilled 16 QAM Fulfilled 64 QAM Fulfilled 256 QAM Fulfilled 1024 QAM Fulfilled Pi/2 BPSK DL NR-TM1.1 DL NR-TM1.1 (Port 0) DL NR-TM1.1 (Port 1) DL NR-TM1.1 (2layers) DL NR-TM1.2 DL NR-TM2 DL NR-TM2 (64 QAM) DL NR-TM2 (16 QAM)
  • Page 503 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement RAD:STAN:PRES:DLIN:NRTM? Dependencies Grayed out when Radio Direction is Uplink. Couplings Values to be preset will not be preset until the action “Apply Preset (to All CCs)” is executed. Preset TS38 State Saved Range TS38.141-1 | TS37.141 BC3 CS16/17 OFDM Type...
  • Page 504 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement preset. – None – f ≤ 1.0 GHz: available when Frequency Range is FR1 – < f ≤ 3.0 GHz: available when Frequency Range is FR1 – < f ≤ 4.2 GHz: available when Frequency Range is FR1 –...
  • Page 505 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement 37.0 < f ≤ 40.0 GHz: grayed out when Freq Range = FR1 Couplings When in Auto, this value changes when f value is changed, where f is the center frequency of Component Carrier 0 Adjust Limit Mask for freq Range will not be preset to the selected one until the action “Apply Preset (to All CCs)”...
  • Page 506 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement BS Category This control is part of the “Preset for ACP, SEM, Spur, Tx On|Off Power” section of the Advanced Preset Parameters dialog. It lets you specify the BS Category for preset: –...
  • Page 507 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Assumed Adjacent Channels This control is part of the “Preset for ACP, Mod Analysis” section of the Advanced Preset Parameters dialog. It lets you set the Assumed Adjacent Channels for carrier configuration preset. Set the value you want for this control and the other controls in the “Configure Preset”...
  • Page 508 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement You must press Apply Preset (to all CCs) or the value on this controls will not NOTE affect the Component Carriers. This parameter is valid for the ACP and Mod Analysis measurement. [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:ULINk:PCLass CLASS1 | …...
  • Page 509 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement More Advanced Preset Parameters Enables you to configure more advanced Apply Preset features. Include RB Alloc Preset for Mod Analysis Enables you to select whether or not RB Alloc Preset is preset when Apply Preset is executed.
  • Page 510 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Preset State Saved Include Periodic Timer Sync Source Enables you to select whether or not Periodic Timer Sync Source is preset when Apply Preset is executed. [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:INCLude:FRAMe:SYNC[:SOURce] OFF | ON | 0 Remote Command [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:INCLude:FRAMe:SYNC[:SOURce]?
  • Page 511 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement page 2649 controls in the “Configure Presets” section of the menu panel. These values will also be used for any subsequent Component Carriers created. You must press “Apply Preset (to all CCs)” or the values on the controls in the NOTE “Configure Presets”...
  • Page 512 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement and Spur only) 3.0 < f ≤ 4.2 GHz (FR1), 3.0 < f ≤ 4.2 GHz (FR1), 4.2 < f ≤ 6.0 GHz (FR1), 4.2 < f ≤ 6.0 GHz (FR1), 24.25 < f ≤ 29.5 GHz (FR2), 24.25 <...
  • Page 513 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement PRACH Config Index 0 (120 kHz SCS), When "Apply Preset (to All CCs)" on page 2659 is pressed, related measurement parameters and Gate parameters are changed to the values described in the following sections in this chapter.
  • Page 514 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement 3.0 < f ≤ 4.2 Table 6.6.4.5.4- GHz, 4.2 < f ≤ 6.0 GHz Cat A MR BS None, Table 6.6.4.5.4- (Low P f ≤ 1.0 GHz, Cat B MR BS 1.0 < f ≤ 3.0 GHz (Low P 3.0 <...
  • Page 515 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement (Low P 3.0 < f ≤ 4.2 GHz Table 6.7.4.5.1.4-5 4.2 < f ≤ 6.0 GHz Table 6.7.4.5.1.4-6 Cat A LA BS, None, Table 6.7.4.5.1.5-1 Cat B LA BS f ≤ 1.0 GHz, 1.0 <...
  • Page 516 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Occupied BW When executing “Apply Preset”, preset the following parameters: – “Frequency” menu -> “Span” to “Auto Detect” – “Meas Setup” menu -> “Limits tab” -> “Bandwidth” to “Auto” – Meas Setup” menu -> “Power Integration Method” = ...
  • Page 517 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement (*1) For Downlink case, these values are preset with the Apply Preset action when "RB Alloc Preset" on page 2649 is any of NR-TM and "Duplex Mode" on page 2647 TDD. (*2) Trigger Source is a separate parameter in each measurement, and is not preset with the Apply Preset action.
  • Page 518 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement In Adaptive NFE, there is not the same dramatic visual impact on the noise floor as there is in Full NFE. Adaptive NFE controls the amount of correction that is applied based on other instrument settings like RBW, averaging and sweep time. Adaptive NFE controls the degree of potential improvement in the noise floor to give more improvement for those instrument settings that can make good use of the potential improvement, such as settings that provide more averaging.
  • Page 519 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement FULL = :CORRection:NOISe:FLOor ON plus :CORRection:NOISe:FLOor:ADAPtive ON [:SENSe]:CORRection:NOISe:FLOor ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command [:SENSe]:CORRection:NOISe:FLOor? :CORR:NOIS:FLO ON Example Dependencies This control only appears in instruments with the NFE or NF2 license installed. In all others, the control does not appear, however the SCPI command will be accepted without error (but will have no effect) Couplings...
  • Page 520 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement After the noise density at the input mixer is estimated, the effects of the input attenuator, RBW, detector, etc. are computed to get the estimated input-port- referred noise level. In the simplest case, the measured power (signal plus analyzer noise) in each display point (bucket) is compensated by subtracting the estimated noise power, leaving just the signal power.
  • Page 521 On instruments with the NF2 license installed, the calibrated Noise Floor used by Noise Floor Extensions should be refreshed periodically. Keysight recommends that the Characterize Noise Floor operation be performed after the first 500 hours of operation, and once every calendar year.
  • Page 522 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement instrument simply behaves as though both IF Gain is set to Low regardless of the setting on the control This control is not available in VXT models M9420A/10A/11A, EXM, or UXM Couplings Auto sets IF Gain to High Gain under any of the following conditions: –...
  • Page 523 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement :INSTrument:COUPle:FREQuency:CENTer ALL | NONE Remote Command :INSTrument:COUPle:FREQuency:CENTer? :INST:COUP:FREQ:CENT ALL Example :INST:COUP:FREQ:CENT? Preset Set to on Global Settings, Restore Defaults and System, Restore Defaults, All Modes ALL|NONE Range Preset :GLOBal:FREQuency:CENTer[:STATe] 1 | 0 | ON | OFF Backwards Compatibility :GLOBal:FREQuency:CENTer[:STATe]?
  • Page 524 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Under the current sweep configuration crossing over two bands, when Extend Low Band is turned ON, the instrument checks whether one band can cover the whole sweep frequency range or not. If it can, then the instrument locks the band; otherwise, it does nothing (the band crossover occurs).
  • Page 525 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Sweep Time Controls the time the instrument takes to sweep the current frequency span in swept measurements, displays the sweep time in swept measurements, and displays the equivalent Sweep Time in FFT measurements. When Sweep Time is in Auto, the instrument computes a time that will give accurate measurements based on other settings, such as RBW and VBW.
  • Page 526 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Channel Power :CHP:SWE:TIME:AUTO OFF :CHP:SWE:TIME:AUTO? Notes In the ACP measurement in WCDMA, this parameter is preset by Meas Method selection. Preset values are as follows: – IBW: 29 ms – IBWR: 108 ms –...
  • Page 527 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement This parameter specifies the minimum acquisition time for each “chunk” of the measurement result. The instrument automatically divides Span into multiple chunks if needed. Therefore, the total signal acquisition time for the entire Span is ~ (>~Minimum Acquisition Time) * (The number of chunks).
  • Page 528 INITiate:IMM switched from continuous measurement to single measurement and restarted sweeps and averages (displayed average count reset to 1), but did not restart Max Hold and Min Hold. In the X-Series, the Restart control and the INITiate:IMM command initiate a sweep/ measurement/ average sequence/hold...
  • Page 529 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement The type of trace processing for multiple sweeps is set under the Trace key, with choices of Trace Average, Max Hold, or Min Hold Single Mode The instrument takes a single sweep when in Single mode, or if in average or Max/Min Hold, or if there is a Waterfall window displayed, it takes multiple sweeps until the average/hold count reaches the Average/Hold Number, then the count stops incrementing, and the instrument stops sweeping...
  • Page 530 (displayed average count reset to 1) for a trace in Clear Write, but did not Notes restart Max Hold and Min Hold :INIT:REST In the X-Series, the Restart hardkey and the command restart not only Trace Average, but MaxHold and MinHold traces as well :INIT:REST...
  • Page 531 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement and initiates a new data measurement sequence with a new data acquisition (sweep) taken once the trigger condition is met. If the instrument is in the process of aligning when a Restart is executed, the alignment finishes before the restart function is performed.
  • Page 532 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement measurements where an exception is made and the traces and/or results need to be blanked before displaying the new results. To summarize, the following list shows what happens to the trace data on various events: Event Trace Effect...
  • Page 533 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement :INITiate:RESume :INIT:PAUS Example :INIT:RES Dependencies Not displayed in Modes that do not support Pausing Annotation Only on control Abort (Remote Command Only) Stops the current measurement. Aborts the current measurement as quickly as possible, resets the sweep and trigger systems, and puts the measurement into an "idle"...
  • Page 534 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement The value returned is the estimated turnaround time of each measurement cycle, in seconds. The turnaround time is the sum of the signal acquisition time, FFT time, and other overhead time, to complete the entire span of each measurement cycle. [:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:ETIMe? Remote Command <meas>...
  • Page 535 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Points Sets the number of points taken per sweep, and displayed in the traces. The current value of points is displayed parenthetically, next to the sweep time in the lower- right corner of the display. Using more points provides greater resolution. Using fewer points compacts the data and decreases the time required to access a trace over the remote interface.
  • Page 536 IF Dithering Lets you turn IF Dithering on and off. IF Dithering is a technique used in unpreselected instruments (such as Keysight’s modular instruments) to enhance the rejection of images and internally-generated spurious signals. [:SENSe]:SWEep:IF:DITHer OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 537 Image Protection Lets you turn IF Protection on and off. IF Protection is a technique used in unpreselected instruments (such as Keysight’s modular instruments) to detect and suppress images and spurs that may be present in non-preselected hardware. IF Protection takes two sweeps and by correlating the data between them, provides a single, correct power-versus-frequency trace.
  • Page 538 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Invalid Data Indicator The Invalid Data Indicator is displayed whenever the data on the display does not match the settings of the instrument. The most common example of this is when instrument settings have changed in the time since the data in the traces on the display was taken.
  • Page 539 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement If you now tap or click on one of the items in this menu, the instrument will perform the corresponding function. Peak Search finds the highest peak on the selected Trace. Clear/Write, Trace Average, Max Hold and Min Hold set the "Trace Type"...
  • Page 540 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement In this menu, Peak Search works as above. Peak Search all Traces finds the highest peak in the Waterfall window. Add Marker Here takes the lowest numbered Marker that is currently Off and turns it On as a Normal marker in the Waterfall window at the point where you right-clicked (or touched-and-held).
  • Page 541 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Top Line On the top line, each trace number is shown, in the trace color. A  box is drawn around the currently selected trace. Middle Line Below each trace number, is a letter signifying the trace type for that trace number, where Clear/Write Trace Average...
  • Page 542 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement – Trace 1: Visible, being updated, in Clear/Write, with Normal detector auto selected – Trace 2: Visible, being updated, in Clear/Write, being written to with a math function – Trace 3: Visible, not updating, data was taken in Max Hold, with the peak detector auto selected –...
  • Page 543 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement 3.3.10.1 Select Trace Specifies the selected trace, which is the trace that will be affected when you change trace settings. The Select Trace control appears above the menu panel, indicating that it applies to all controls in the menu panel.
  • Page 544 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Option Parameter SCPI Example Details MAXHold :TRAC3:TYPE MAXH Maximum Hold See: "Max Hold" on page 548 MINHold :TRAC5:TYPE MINH Minimum Hold See: "Min Hold" on page 548 Full descriptions of each type are provided below. You may select one of these types for each trace.
  • Page 545 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement BW/Avg menu. In the X-Series, trace averaging can be done on a per-trace basis. The Trace Modes (now called Trace Types) are Clear/Write, Trace Average, Max Hold and Min Hold. View and Blank are set separately under "View/Blank"...
  • Page 546 [:STATe] ON|OFF|1|0 was used to turn Averaging on or off In the X-Series, Averaging is turned on or off on a per-trace basis, so it can be on for one trace and off for another For backwards compatibility, the old global Average State variable is retained solely as a legacy...
  • Page 547 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Clear/Write Each trace update replaces the old data in the trace with new data. Pressing Clear/Write for the selected trace, or sending :TRAC:TYPE WRIT for the specified trace, sets the trace type to Clear/Write and clears the trace, even if you are already in Clear/Write.
  • Page 548 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Max Hold The instrument maintains and displays a max hold trace, which represents the maximum data value on a point-by-point basis of the new trace data and previous trace data. Details of the count limiting behavior may be found under Avg|Hold Number under Meas Setup.
  • Page 549 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Clear and Write | Restart Averaging | Restart Max/Min Hold Starts the trace writing, as though the "Trace Type" on page 2394 had just been selected. The effect is exactly the same as reselecting the current Trace Type again –...
  • Page 550 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Couplings Selecting a Trace Type  for a trace (pressing the key or sending the equivalent command) puts the trace in Active (Update and Display ON), even if that trace type was already selected Selecting a detector for a trace (pressing the key or sending [:SENS]:DET:TRAC) puts the trace in Active (UpdateON...
  • Page 551 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement :TRAC2:DISP 1 Blank trace 3: :TRAC3:DISP 3 Couplings Whenever you set Update to for any trace, the Display is set to for that trace Preset For Swept SA Measurement (in SA Mode): 1|0|0|0|0|0 On for Trace 1;...
  • Page 552 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement 3.3.10.3 Math Lets you turn on and configure Trace Math functions. Math Function Trace Math functions perform mathematical operations between traces and, in some cases, user-specified offsets. When in a Trace Math function, the indicated function is performed during the sweep with the math function used in place of a detector.
  • Page 553 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Sets Trace 3 to Log Diff trace math function, sets the First Trace operand (for Trace 3) to Trace 1, sets the Second Trace operand (for Trace 3) to Trace 2, and sets the Log Difference reference (for Trace 3) to -6 dBm :CALC:MATH TRACE1,OFF,TRACE2,TRACE3,0,0 Turns off trace math for trace 1...
  • Page 554 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Status Bits/OPC *OPC can be used to detect the completion of a sweep, which will also correspond to the completion dependencies of the math operation, since all math takes place during the sweep Trace Math Options To generate a trace math result, you must take a sweep .
  • Page 555 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Power Sum (Op1 + Op2) Calculates a power sum between the First Trace operand and the Second Trace operand and puts the result in the destination trace. During the sweep, the following formula is executed for each point in the trace operands, and the corresponding point is generated for the destination trace.
  • Page 556 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement A-B+DL function in some older instruments. The Reference is entered on the Reference control, which only appears when this math function is in force for the selected trace. Each destination trace has its own reference. During the sweep, the following formula is executed for each point in the trace operands, and the corresponding point is generated for the destination trace.
  • Page 557 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement For each active trace, the current trace point is processed for Trace 1, then Trace 2, then Trace 3, etc. Trace data is taken from either the detector for that trace, or 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 558 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement from the mathematical result of up to two other traces and an offset, depending on whether trace math is on or not. The resultant data is then fed to the Average/Hold processing block, where (if the trace type is Average, Max Hold, or Min Hold) it is processed with previous trace data.
  • Page 559 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement 5; for Trace 6, it presets to Trace 4 Operand 2: Trace number minus 1 (wraps at 1). For example, for Trace 1, Operand 2 presets to Trace 6; for Trace 6, it presets to Trace 5 State Saved Operands 1 and 2 for each trace are stored in instrument state Offset...
  • Page 560 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement From Trace Selects the trace to be copied to or exchanged with the "To Trace" on page 2123when a "Copy" on page 2123 "Exchange" on page 2124 is performed Preset To Trace Selects the trace to be copied from or exchanged with the "From Trace"...
  • Page 561 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Exchange Executes a Trace Exchange based on the "From Trace" on page 2123 "To Trace" on page 2123 parameters. The From Trace and To Trace are exchanged with each other. The action is performed once. The X-Axis settings and domain of a trace are also copied when it is exchanged with another trace.
  • Page 562 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement :TRAC:CLE:ALL Example Dependencies When Signal ID is on, this key is grayed-out Multiple Traces for EIRP Enables you to preset traces as follows. Trace Function: From Trace = Trace 1, To Trace = Trace 2 Trace 1 Trace 2 Trace 3...
  • Page 563 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Option Behavior sweep points represented by each display point NEGative The detector determines the minimum of the signal within the sweep points Peak Equivalent to AVERage Because they may not find a spectral component's true peak, neither AVERage SAMPle detectors measure amplitudes of CW signals as accurately as Peak...
  • Page 564 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement Detector Select Auto/Man Sets the Detector mode to Auto or Manual. In Auto, the proper detector is chosen based on rules that take into account the measurement settings and other instrument settings. When you select any detector manually, this toggles automatically to Man (manual).
  • Page 565 3  5G NR Mode 3.3  Occupied BW Measurement TRACe1 Preset State Saved TRACe1|TRACe2|TRACe3 Range 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 566 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement 3.4 ACP Measurement ACP is a measurement of the amount of interference, or power, in an adjacent frequency channel. The results are displayed as a bar graph or as spectrum data, with measurement data at specified offsets. ACP Measurement Commands The following commands are used to select and initialize this measurement: :CONFigure:ACPower...
  • Page 567 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned 8. Upper offset A - absolute power (dBm) 9. Lower offset B - relative power (dB) 10. Lower offset B - absolute power (dBm) 11. Upper offset B - relative power (dB) 12.
  • Page 568 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned = FAST Measure Trace in the following order: 1. Reference carrier - absolute power (dBm) 2. Lower offset A - absolute power (dBm) 3. Upper offset A - absolute power (dBm) 4.
  • Page 569 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned Power Ref = 8. Upper offset A - absolute power (dBm/Hz or dBm/MHz) Left & Right 9. Lower offset B - relative power (dB) Carriers or 10. Lower offset B - absolute power (dBm/Hz or dBm/MHz) Left &...
  • Page 570 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned Meas Type = Returns scalar results of a trace specified by Measure Trace in Power the following order: spectral 1. Channel (1) - relative power (dB) density 2. Channel (1) - absolute power (dBm/Hz or dBm/MHz) reference 3.
  • Page 571 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned 7. Upper offset B - relative limit result 8. Upper offset B - absolute limit result 21. Lower offset F - relative limit result 22. Lower offset F - absolute limit result 23.
  • Page 572 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned (measured as total power in dB) for a trace specified by Measure Trace 1. Lower offset A - relative limit result 2. Lower offset A - absolute limit result 3. Upper offset A - relative limit result 4.
  • Page 573 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned the Y values in Trace 2 Returns <Num Pts> comma-separated scalar values representing the Y values in Trace 3 Meas Type = Returns (2 * Number of Carriers) scalar results of a trace specified Total power by Measure Trace in the following order: reference...
  • Page 574 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned When in the Spectrum Analyzer (SA) Mode, the values are in the current Y Axis Unit of the instrument Mode = Returns scalar results of a trace specified by Measure Trace in LTEAFDD, the following order: LTEATDD, 5G...
  • Page 575 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned 4. Inner Upper offset A - absolute limit result 5. Inner Lower offset B - relative limit result 6. Inner Lower offset B - absolute limit result 7. Inner Upper offset B - relative limit result 8.
  • Page 576 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned (dBm/Hz or dBm/MHz) 10(n - 1) Reference Index 1 10(n - 1) Reference Index 2 10(n - 1) 0 (Reserved) 10(n - 1) 0 (Reserved) + 10 Where n is number of offsets Meas Type determines which type of power result is returned, that is, power or PSD.
  • Page 577 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Y Scale/Div, Y Ref Position, Y Auto Scale, Y Ref Value and Bar Graph affect both NOTE views. For example, power bars on the traces in both views appear or disappear when Bar Graph is toggled. View Selection by Name Selects the results view.
  • Page 578 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement 3.4.1.2 Carrier Info Windows: "Graph" on page 578, "Metrics" on page 579, Dual window view of the graph and the metrics. :DISP:ACP:VIEW CINF Example 3.4.2 Windows This section describes the Windows that are available in the ACP measurement. 3.4.2.1 Graph The Graph window is used to display the spectrum being measured by the ACP measurement.
  • Page 579 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement When RBW is selected as the measurement method, the spectrum trace is not displayed, only the bar graph is displayed. In addition, the Bar Graph control (under the Display front-panel key) is set to and is grayed-out.
  • Page 580 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Filter is on, then the integration bandwidth used is (1 + alpha)/T where T = 1/(Carrier Integ BW) multiplied by the number of carriers with carrier power present set to yes. Ref Power This is the power of the reference.
  • Page 581 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement "Measure Trace" on page 844. Trace Type This is the trace type (and view/blank parameter) of a trace specified by Measure Trace. Measure Trace and Trace Type are displayed only when Meas Method is set to “Integration BW”, “Filtered IBW”, or “Fast Power”...
  • Page 582 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Some features in this menu apply to multiple measurements. Some other features apply only to specific measurements and their controls are blanked or grayed-out in measurements that do not support the feature. 3.4.3.1 Y Scale Contains controls that pertain to the Y axis parameters of the measurement.
  • Page 583 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :DISP:ACP:WIND:TRAC:Y:PDIV 5 Example :DISP:ACP:WIND:TRAC:Y:PDIV? Couplings Coupled to Scale Range@1800002  as follows: Scale/Div = Scale Range/10 (number of divisions) When "Auto Scaling" on page 584 is ON, this value is automatically determined by the measurement result When you change a value, Auto Scaling automatically changes to Off Preset...
  • Page 584 Controls the attenuator functions and interactions between the attenuation system components. There are two attenuator configurations in the X-Series. One is a Dual-Attenuator configuration consisting of a mechanical attenuator and an optional electronic attenuator. The other configuration uses a single attenuator with combined...
  • Page 585 Settings like these are called “Meas Global” and are unaffected by Meas Preset. This tab is only available when the hardware set includes an input attenuator, which is typically only the case for Keysight’s benchtop instruments. For example, this tab does not appear in: – VXT models M9420A/10A/11A This tab also does not appear in UXM.
  • Page 586 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Configuration 1 without the Electronic Attenuator option EA3, therefore for the sake of this document it is grouped into the “Dual-Attenuator” configuration. Single-Attenuator Configuration You can tell which attenuator configuration you have by pressing the Attenuation tab, which (in most Modes) opens the Attenuation menu.
  • Page 587 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:FRATten <rel_ampl> Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:FRATten? :POW:FRAT 14 Example :POW:FRAT? Notes When you enter an amplitude value that falls between valid values, the value will be incremented to the next smallest valid value Dependencies Only appears if input RF is selected, and RF Input Port 2 is selected, and the Full Range Attenuator exists Couplings...
  • Page 588 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement This control lets you modify the attenuation applied to the RF input signal path. This value is normally auto coupled to the Ref Level, the Internal Preamp Gain, any External Gain that is entered, and the Max Mixer Level, as described in the table below.
  • Page 589 Attenuator Configurations and Auto/Man As described in Y Scale, there are two distinct attenuator configurations available in the X-Series, the single attenuator and Dual-Attenuator configurations. In Dual- Attenuator configurations, we have the mechanical attenuation and the electronic attenuation, and the current total attenuation is the sum of the electronic + mechanical attenuation.
  • Page 590 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement (:POW:EATT is honored even in the Single-Attenuator configuration, for compatibility purposes). Then the current total attenuation is the sum of the main + soft attenuation. See "Elec Atten" on page 2573 for more on “soft” attenuation. In some, but not all, measurements, the Mech Atten control has an Auto/Man NOTE function.
  • Page 591 (which has both a mechanical and electronic stage). However, in the Single-Attenuator configuration, EATT SCPI commands are accepted for compatibility with other X-series instruments and set a “soft” attenuation as described in . The “soft” attenuation is treated as an addition to the “main”...
  • Page 592 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state 0 dB Dual-Attenuator configuration: 24 dB Single-Attenuator configuration: the total of ATT and EATT cannot exceed 50 dB. So, if the EATT is set to 24 dB first, the main attenuation cannot be greater than 26 dB and will be reduced accordingly; if the main attenuator is set to 40 dB first, EATT cannot be greater than 10 dB Annotation See Annotation under the Mech Atten control description...
  • Page 593 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement enabled – Mech Atten at 0 dB. Elec Atten enabled, Mech Atten set to 10 dB, and Elec Atten set to 0 dB. New total attenuation does not equal the value before Elec Atten enabled – Mech Atten at 40 dB. Elec Atten enabled, Mech Atten set to 10 dB, and Elec Atten set to 24 dB.
  • Page 594 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Adjust Atten for Min Clipping Sets the combination of mechanical and electronic attenuation and gain based on the current measured signal level so that clipping will be at a minimum. This is an immediate action function, that is, it executes once, when the control is pressed.
  • Page 595 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Adjust Atten Allows you to select; – Electric attenuator only – Combination of Electric attenuator and Mechanical attenuator when [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize IMMediate is executed. [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:TYPE EONLy | COMBined Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:TYPE? :POW:RANG:OPT:TYPE EONL Example :POW:RANG:OPT:TYPE? Dependencies Does not appear in the Swept SA, RTSA, Monitor Spectrum and Complex Spectrum measurements...
  • Page 596 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :POW:RANG:OPT:ATT OFF Example :POW:RANG:OPT:ATT? Notes The parameter option ELECtrical sets this function to in Single-Attenuator models The parameter option COMBined is mapped to ELECtrical in Single-Attenuator models. If you send COMBined, it sets the function to and returns ELEC to a query...
  • Page 597 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Single-Attenuator Models Dual-Attenuator models "Adjust Atten for Min Clipping" on page 2576 "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 595 selection is Mech + Elec Atten: 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 598 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 599 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 595 selection is Elec Only. Note that the Mech Atten value is not adjusted, and the value previously set is used. Therefore, there is a case that IF Overload is still observed depending on the input signal level and the Mech Atten setting.
  • Page 600 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuation:STEP[:INCRement]? :POW:ATT:STEP 2 Example :POW:ATT:STEP? Notes This feature has a toggle choice from the front panel, but it takes a specific value (in dB) when used remotely. The only valid values are 2 and 10 Dependencies Blanked in EXA, CXA and CXA-m if option FSA (2 dB steps) is not present.
  • Page 601 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Max Mixer Lvl Rules Allows you to optimize the Max Mixer Level setting for certain kinds of measurements. – NORMal – The historical, and thus backwards compatible, setting range (−50 to 0 dBm) and default setting (−10 dBm). The instrument has been designed so that, at the default setting, any signal below the Reference Level is extremely unlikely to create ADC overloads.
  • Page 602 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement 3.4.3.3 Range (Non-attenuator models) This tab is only available for Keysight’s modular signal analyzers and certain other Keysight products. Examples include: – VXT This tab also does not appear in UXM. In UXM, all Attenuation and Range settings are disabled, as the expected input power level is handled by the Call Processing App that drives the DUT power control.
  • Page 603 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize IMMediate Remote Command Notes Executing Adjust Range for Min Clipping initiates the measurement Dependencies This control does not appear in the Swept SA and Monitor Spectrum measurements This control appears in all measurements in E7760 Restart Meas on Adjust Range This control is the same as "Restart Meas on Adjust Atten"...
  • Page 604 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Peak-to-Average Ratio Used with "Range (Non-attenuator models)" on page 2589 to optimize the level control in the instrument. The value is the ratio, in dB, of the peak power to the average power of the signal to be measured. A ratio of 0 should be used for sinusoidal signals;...
  • Page 605 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Mixer Lvl Offset This is an advanced setting to adjust target Range at the input mixer, which in turn affects the signal level in the instrument’s IF. This setting can be used when additional optimization is needed after setting "Peak-to-Average Ratio"...
  • Page 606 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement The value displayed on "Preselector Adjust" on page 2594 will change to reflect the new preselector tuning. A number of considerations should be observed to ensure proper operation. See "Proper Preselector Operation" on page 606.
  • Page 607 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement 3    In some models, the preselector can be bypassed. If it is bypassed, no centering will be attempted in that range and a message will be generated Preselector Adjust Allows you to manually adjust the preselector filter frequency to optimize its response to the signal of interest.
  • Page 608 3.4  ACP Measurement Notes PSA had multiple preselectors, and you could select which preselector to adjust. Since the X-Series has only one mm/uW preselector, the preselector selection control is no longer available. However, to provide backward compatibility, we accept the legacy remote commands...
  • Page 609 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :POW:GAIN:BAND LOW Example :POW:GAIN:BAND? :POW:GAIN OFF :POW:GAIN? Dependencies Preamp is not available on all hardware platforms. If the preamp is not present or is unlicensed, the control is not shown Does not appear in VXT Models M9410A/11A/15A :POW:GAIN:BAND FULL is sent when a low band preamp is available, the preamp band parameter is set to...
  • Page 610 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Option LNA is not required by VXT model M9415A Does not appear in VXT models M9420A/21A/10A/11A May not appear in some measurements The LNA is not available when the electronic/soft attenuator is enabled Preset State Saved Saved in State...
  • Page 611 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement activated, which can cause some noise degradation but preserves the life of the bypass switch. For applications that utilize the wideband IF paths, the preset state is µW Preselector Bypass, if option MPB is present. This is because, when using a wideband IF such as the 140 MHz IF, the µW Preselector’s bandwidth can be narrower than the available IF bandwidth, causing degraded amplitude flatness and phase linearity, so it is desirable to bypass the preselector in the default case.
  • Page 612 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Alignment switching ignores the settings in this menu, and restores them when finished Dependencies Does not appear in CXA-m Does not appear in VXT Models M9410A/11A Does not appear in BBIQ and External Mixing The Low Noise Path Enable selection does not appear unless Option LNP is present and licensed The µW Preselector Bypass selection does not appear unless Option MPB is present and licensed The Full Bypass Enable selection does not appear unless options LNP and MPB are both present as...
  • Page 613 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement This allows the function to automatically switch based on certain Auto Rules as shown below: VMA Mode Measurement When µW Path Control is in Auto: Digital Demod Use Standard Path unless tuned frequency > 3.6 GHz and IFBW > 15 MHz, in which case choose Preselector Bypass Monitor Spectrum Always Presel Bypass...
  • Page 614 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Measurement When µW Path Control is in Auto: Rule’ is Best Dynamic Range, auto µW path is standard 2. For other cases, auto µW path is presel bypass if presel bypass is enabled, auto µW path is standard if presel bypass is not enabled Spurious Always Standard Path...
  • Page 615 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO? Dependencies Only appears in VMA, WLAN, 5G NR and CQM modes Couplings See the tables above Preset ON|OFF Range Low Noise Path Enable You may select Low Noise Path Enable, which gives a lower noise floor under some circumstances, particularly when operating in the 21-26.5 GHz region.
  • Page 616 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement high enough that the preamp option would have excessive third-order intermodulation or compression. The preamp, if purchased and used, gives better noise floor than does the “Low Noise Path.” However, its compression threshold and third-order intercept are much poorer than that of the non-preamp path.
  • Page 617 Option MPB or pre-selector bypass provides an unpreselected input mixer path for certain X-Series signal analyzers with frequency ranges above 3.6 GHz. This signal path allows a wider bandwidth and less amplitude variability, which is an advantage when doing modulation analysis and broadband signal analysis.
  • Page 618 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement – the stop frequency is above 3.6 GHz. – the internal preamp is not installed or (if installed) is set to Off or Low Band Note that this means that, when any part of a sweep is done in Low Band, the Low Noise Path is not used, whether or not the Full Bypass Enable is selected in the user interface.
  • Page 619 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement For most applications, the preset state is OFF, which gives the best remote-control throughput, minimizes acoustic noise from switching, minimizes out of band spurs, and minimizes the risk of wear in the hardware switches. Preselector and Bandwidth Conflict When the Frequency Extender Preselector is applied and the signal bandwidth is greater than 2.5 [GHz], then a settings alert message will show to warn the user...
  • Page 620 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Full Bypass Enabled, maximum safe input power reduced [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL? :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL ON Example :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL? Dependencies Only appears if option FBP is installed Only appears in the following measurements –...
  • Page 621 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement preselection must be used to suppress and separate images above 50 GHz. The specific algorithm used for software preselection is specified by the SW Preselection Type selection – Normal or Advanced. For N9042B+V3050A, Software Preselection only applies for frequencies above 50 GHz, therefore it is only used for External RF.
  • Page 622 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state SW Preselection Type Specifies the algorithm used for software preselection. Two hidden sweeps are taken in succession. The second sweep is offset in LO frequency by 2*IF/N. For each point in each trace, the smaller amplitude from the two traces is taken and placed in that point in the selected trace.
  • Page 623 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement – NORMal – when making Swept measurements, a software preselection algorithm is used which takes up to 4 background acquisitions, then post- processes the result. This algorithm can remove images from signals with an occupied bandwidth up to around 3 GHz.
  • Page 624 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :WAV:PFIL ON Dependencies This control only appears in VXT models M9410A/11A with center frequency above 1310 MHz Preset See “Prefilter Presets” below State Saved Saved in instrument state Prefilter Presets Meas Mode Preset SPEC BASIC BASIC, WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA...
  • Page 625 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement 3.4.4.1 Settings Contains the basic Bandwidth functions. In most measurements it is the only tab under Bandwidth. Res BW Activates the resolution bandwidth active function, which allows you to manually set the resolution bandwidth (RBW) of the instrument. Normally, Res BW (Auto) selects automatic coupling of the Res BW to Span using the ratio set by the Span:3 dB RBW control (some measurements do not have a Span:3 dB RBW control, in which case the measurement chooses the optimal ratio).
  • Page 626 For backwards compatibility this command obeys both the BANDwidth BWIDth forms Compatibility For ESA, the maximum Res BW was 5 MHz; on X-Series it is 8 MHz Notes The following command is supported [:SENSe]:ACP:SWEep:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] RBW Presets Unless noted in the table below, the Preset value of RBW is Auto.
  • Page 627 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement In some Power Suite measurements, in the LTE-Advanced applications (both LTEAFDD and LTEATDD modes), when Res BW is in Auto, the resolution bandwidth is predefined based on the corresponding bandwidth of the single LTE carrier, as shown in the table below.
  • Page 628 Selects the type for the resolution bandwidth filters. Historically, the Res BW filters in HP/Agilent/Keysight spectrum analyzers were Gaussian filters, specified using the –3 dB bandwidth of the filter. That is, a 10 MHz Res BW filter was a Gaussian...
  • Page 629 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement shape with its –3 dB points 10 MHz apart. In the X-Series, the RBW Filter BW menu lets you choose between a Gaussian and Flat Top filter shape, for varying measurement conditions. Filter Type...
  • Page 630 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement 3.4.5 Display Lets you configure display items for the current Mode, Measurement View or Window. 3.4.5.1 Meas Display Contains controls for setting up the display for the current Measurement, View or Window. Bar Graph On/Off Turns the Bar Graph On and Off.
  • Page 631 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement OUTer Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Range Outer|Outer & Inner Carrier Frequency Type Sets the carrier frequency display type: – OFFSet - The carrier center frequencies are displayed as offset from Carrier Ref Freq –...
  • Page 632 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement View Selection by Name Selects the results view. The following command allows you to select the desired measurement view by enumeration. :DISPlay:ACPower:VIEW[:SELect] PRESult | CINFormation Remote Command :DISPlay:ACPower:VIEW[:SELect]? :DISP:ACP:VIEW PRES Example :DISP:ACP:VIEW? PRESult Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state...
  • Page 633 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :DISP:ACP:VIEW CINF Example User View Lets you choose a View from the saved User Views for the current measurement. This panel only appears if a User View exists for the current measurement. :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:SELect <alphanumeric> Remote Command :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:SELect?
  • Page 634 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Save Layout as New View Saves your new View as a User View. An alpha keyboard appears, which lets you name your new View; the default is the old View name plus a number. :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:NAME <alphanumeric>...
  • Page 635 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Delete User View You can delete the current View if it is a User View. The default view becomes the current view for the Measurement. :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:DELete Remote Command :DISP:VIEW:ADV:DEL Example Notes <alphanumeric> is case insensitive; you can specify mixed case, however the name will be evaluated on a single case <alphanumeric>...
  • Page 636 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :DISP:VIEW:ADV:CAT? Example Notes Returns a quoted string of the available Views for the current measurement, separated by commas. The list includes names for all the Views, including User Views, available for the current Measurement Example: "Normal,Trace Zoom,Spectrogram,Baseband,myView1,yourView1"...
  • Page 637 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe] OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Backwards Compatibility :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe]? SCPI This command is accepted for backwards compatibility with older instruments, but the WINDow, TRACe GRID parameters are ignored Screen Annotation...
  • Page 638 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :DISP:ANN:TRAC OFF Example Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Control Annotation Turns on and off the display of values on the Active Function controls for all measurements in the current Mode. This is a security feature. :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe] ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe]?
  • Page 639 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement 2. To reduce emissions from the display, drive circuitry 3. For security purposes If you have turned off the display: – and you are in local operation, the display can be turned back on by pressing any key or by sending :SYSTem:DEFaults MISC :DISPlay:ENABle ON...
  • Page 640 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Backwards :SYST:PRES no longer turns on :DISPlay:ENABle as it did in legacy analyzers Compatibility Notes 3.4.6 Frequency Contains controls that allow you to control the Frequency and Channel parameters of the instrument. Some features in the Frequency menu are the same for all measurements in the current Mode –...
  • Page 641 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Carrier Ref Freq will be changed to same value. The major purpose of this coupling is to keep BWCC with legacy LTE/LTE TDD, in which :SENSe:FREQuency:CENTer used to set up the Frequency of the measurement. "More Information"...
  • Page 642 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Since Center Frequency is only used in those three measurements, Monitor Spectrum, IQ Waveform and CCDF, this control only appears on the Frequency menu of these measurements. when the mode of the Center Frequency is Auto and the Number of Component Carrier equals to 1 and the Center Frequency Offset equals to 0 Hz, the Center Frequency is equivalent to Carrier Reference Frequency, which is used to set up the Frequency of all the measurements.
  • Page 643 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement and ADC Dither auto couplings) – Any value of Center Frequency or Span that is within the frequency range of the instrument is allowed when the value is being set through the front panel numeric key pad or the SCPI command.
  • Page 644 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Freq Option Max Span (can't set higher than this) 526, F26 (CXA, CXA-m) 26.55 GHz 44.5 GHz 52 GHz F06 & EP6 (VXT models M9410A/11A) 6.27 GHz F06 & LFE & EP6 (VXT models M9411A) 6.5999935 GHz M9415A-F06 6.27 GHz...
  • Page 645 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement 3.4.7.1 Select Marker Specifies the selected marker. The term “selected marker” is used throughout this document to specify which marker will be affected when you change marker settings, perform a Peak Search, etc. The Select Marker control appears above the menu panel, indicating that it applies to all controls in the Marker menu panels.
  • Page 646 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Preset After a preset, all markers are turned OFF, so Marker X-Axis Value query returns Not A Number (NAN) State Saved Saved in instrument state -9.9E+37 9.9E+37 Annotation Mkr # <X value> and <Marker value> upper right on graph Marker X Axis Position (Remote Command Only) Sets the marker X-Axis Scale position in trace points.
  • Page 647 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement State Saved :CALCulate:ACPower:MARKer[1]|2|...|12:FUNCtion:RESult? Backwards Compatibility SCPI Marker Mode Sets the marker control mode to POSition (Normal), DELTa, or OFF. All interactions and dependencies detailed under the control description are enforced when the remote command is sent. If the selected marker is OFF, pressing Marker sets it to POSition, and places it at the center of the screen on the trace determined by the Marker Trace rules.
  • Page 648 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Delta Marker (Reset Delta) Pressing this button has exactly the same effect as pressing the DELTa selection on the Marker Mode radio button. The selected marker becomes a Delta Marker. If the selected marker is already a Delta marker, the reference marker is moved to the current position of the selected marker, thus resetting the Delta to zero.
  • Page 649 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement 3.4.7.3 Peak Search The controls on this tab allow you to move the marker to selected peaks of the signal, giving you enormous analysis capabilities, particularly when combined with the Delta Marker function. Pressing the Peak Search hardkey automatically moves you to the Peak Search NOTE page of the Marker menu and performs a Peak Search.
  • Page 650 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :CALCulate:ACPower:MARKer[1]|2|...|12:MAXimum:NEXT Remote Command :CALC:ACP:MARK2:MAX:NEXT Example Notes Sending this command selects the subopcoded marker State Saved Not part of saved state Next Pk Right Moves the selected marker to the nearest peak right of the current marker. If the selected marker was OFF, then it is turned on as a normal marker and a peak search is performed.
  • Page 651 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Pk-Pk Search Finds and displays the amplitude and frequency (or time, if in zero span) differences between the highest and lowest Y-Axis value. It places the selected marker on the minimum value on its selected trace, and places that marker’s reference marker on the peak of its selected trace.
  • Page 652 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Relative To Selects the marker to which the selected marker is relative (its reference marker). Every marker has another marker to which it is relative. This marker is referred to as the “reference marker” for that marker. This attribute is set by the Marker, Properties, Relative To key.
  • Page 653 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement trace that they determine their attributes and behaviors, and it is to that trace that they go when they become Normal  markers. Specifying a Marker Trace manually or with this command associates the marker with the specified trace.
  • Page 654 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Avg|Hold Number Specifies the number of measurement averages used to calculate the measurement result. The average will be displayed at the end of each sweep. After the specified number of average counts, the average mode (termination control) setting determines the average action.
  • Page 655 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement You could also accomplish the same thing by manually increasing the Avg|Hold number, but by using Continue Averaging you are guaranteed to get the same number of averages at each step in the process and you always keep the Avg|Hold number the same so you don’t lose its value.
  • Page 656 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Avg Mode Sets the Averaging Mode. This determines the averaging action after the specified number of data acquisitions (average count) is reached. – When set to EXPonential, the measurement averaging continues using the specified number of averages to compute each averaged value.
  • Page 657 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement method) is slower than the IBW method, but greatly improves repeatability Fast WCDMA Mode or SA Mode with 3GPP WCDMA radio standard selected: FAST Provides the same method as the Integration BW method, but is optimized for speed to measure a W-CDMA signal SA Mode with CDMA2K radio standard selected: Provides faster measurement using the FFT method with a limited parameter...
  • Page 658 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement while Meas Method is RBW, FAST or FPOWer, an error is generated When Gate function is ON, RBW, FAST FPOWer are not available. If you try to change Meas Method to RBW, FAST or FPOWer, an error is generated VXT Models M9420A/21A/10A/11A support only the Integration BW method Couplings...
  • Page 659 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Auto Frequency Offset Changing this value will automatically calculate frequency offset based on a specified set of rules (For the rules, see 5.4.1.1 and 5.4.1.2 in 3GPP TS 38.104 V15.4.0). [:SENSe]:CCARrier:AFOFfset OFF | ACRA100K | ACRA15K | ACRA60K | Remote Command CARA100K | CARA15K | CARA60K [:SENSe]:CCARrier:AFOFfset?
  • Page 660 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Carrier Allocation This is the same as the control on the menu panel. See "Carrier Allocation" on page 2636. Non-Contiguous Break at This is the same as the control on the menu panel. See "Non-Contiguous Break at"...
  • Page 661 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement State Saved Range 5 MHz|10 MHz|15 MHz|20 MHz|25 MHz|30 MHz|40 MHz|50 MHz|60 MHz|70 MHz|80 MHz|90 MHz|100 MHz|200 MHz|400 MHz Freq Range This column enables you to set which frequency range to which each component carrier belongs.
  • Page 662 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Preset 0 Hz State Saved Saved in instrument state -50 GHz 50 GHz Demod Spectrum This column determines if the spectrum of the incoming data is mirrored or not. The actual mirroring is accomplished by conjugating the complex time data. Note that only the Modulation Analysis measurement and Conformance EVM measurement support this feature.
  • Page 663 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement ACP Power Integration Bandwidth This column specifies the Measurement Noise Bandwidth used to calculate the power in the component carriers in the ACP measurement. [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:ACPower:BANDwidth[1]|2:INTegration <freq> Remote Command [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:ACPower:BANDwidth[1]|2:INTegration? :CCAR0:ACP:BAND:INT 20MHz Example :CCAR0:ACP:BAND:INT? Notes Carrier sub op code, 1 is for BTS, 2 for MS.
  • Page 664 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Preset 98.280 MHz|98.310 MHz State Saved 100 kHz 400 MHz SEM Power Integration Bandwidth This column specifies the integration bandwidth used to calculate the power in the component carriers in SEM measurement. [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:SEMask:BANDwidth[1]|2:INTegration <freq> Remote Command [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:SEMask:BANDwidth[1]|2:INTegration?
  • Page 665 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement lower offset), the uppermost carrier center frequency + spacing of this carrier /2 (for upper offset) to the center frequency of each Offset Integ BW ETOEdge From the lowermost carrier center frequency - spacing of this carrier /2 (for lower offset), the uppermost carrier center frequency + spacing of this carrier /2 (for upper offset) to the closest edge of each Offset Integ BW RTOCenter...
  • Page 666 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Mode: MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:TYPE CTOCenter | CTOEdge | Remote ETOCenter | ETOEdge Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:TYPE? :ACP:OFFS:TYPE ETOC Example :ACP:OFFS:TYPE? CTOCenter Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Range Carrier Center to Integ BW Center|Carrier Center to Integ BW Edge|Carrier Edge to Integ BW Center- |Carrier Edge to Integ BW Edge Mode: 5G NR [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:TYPE CTOCenter | CTOEdge |...
  • Page 667 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Diagram for Modes other than MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5G NR 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 668 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Diagram for MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5G NR Note: RF BW Edge and Outermost Carrier Edge are not always the same. e.g.) 5G NR (3GPP) defines BW_channel,CA which calculates F_offset,high and F_ offset,low asymmetrically with SCS shift. (*) For MSR, F_offset,high (or ,low) = F_offset,RAT,high (or ,low) Offset Freq This parameter determines the frequency difference between the center of the main...
  • Page 669 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Each Offset Freq state value is entered individually by selecting the desired carrier. The list contains up to six (6) entries, depending on the mode selected, for offset frequencies. Each offset frequency in the list corresponds to a reference bandwidth in the bandwidth list.
  • Page 670 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Radio Test: ON, ON, ON, OFF, OFF, OFF State Saved Saved in instrument state OFF|ON Range Min/Max 0 Hz/Depends on instrument maximum frequency. Same as the Max Span of Swept SA Measurement [:SENSe]:MCPower:OFFSet[1]|2:LIST[:FREQuency] Backwards Compatibility SCPI...
  • Page 671 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Radio Test: 25 kHz, 25 kHz, 25 kHz, 25 kHz, 25 kHz, 25 kHz State Saved Saved in instrument state Min/Max 10 Hz/Depends on instrument maximum frequency. Same as the Max Span on Swept SA Measurement [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2:LIST:BWIDth[:INTegration] Backwards Compatibility...
  • Page 672 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Preset When "Max Num of Offsets" on page 695 is set to 12, the preset value of Offset G ~ L is BOTH BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH | BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH State Saved Saved in instrument state NEGative|BOTH|POSitive...
  • Page 673 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Offset F value 0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22|0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22 WCDMA 0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22|0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22 LTE, LTETDD, LTEAFDD, 0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22|0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22 LTEATDD, 5G NR, MSR State Saved Saved in instrument state Min/Max 0.01/1.00 Advanced (Offset) This control on the Offset dialog page opens up another menu page, which lets you set advanced properties of the Inner Offset, such as Res BW, Video BW, and Filter parameters.
  • Page 674 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement this value, Res BW Mode is also changed to Man Preset When "Max Num of Offsets" on page 695 is set to 12, the preset value of Offset G ~ L is the same as the Offset F value 220 kHz, 220 kHz, 220 kHz, 220 kHz, 220 kHz, 220 kHz WCDMA...
  • Page 675 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement LTE, LTETDD, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5G NR, MSR: 1 MHz, 1 MHz, 1 MHz, 1 MHz, 1 MHz, 1 MHz When "Max Num of Offsets" on page 695 is set to 12, the preset value of Offset G ~ L is ON ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON State Saved Saved in instrument state...
  • Page 676 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :ACP:OFFS2:LIST:BAND:TYPE? Notes Offset subopcode: 1 for BTS (Downlink), 2 for MS (Uplink). Default is BTS Some modes do not support Offset subopcode 2. In those cases, commands with subopcode 2 are accepted without error but ignored Dependencies When Filter Type if Flattop or Res BW Mode for the offset is Auto, this cell is grayed out and disabled.
  • Page 677 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:ABSolute < real>,… Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:ABSolute? :ACP:OFFS2:LIST:ABS -10,-10,-10,-10,-10,-10 Example :ACP:OFFS2:LIST:ABS? Notes Offset subopcode. 1 for BTS (Downlink), 2 for MS (Uplink). Default is BTS Some modes do not support Offset subopcode 2. In those cases, commands with subopcode 2 are accepted without error but ignored Preset When...
  • Page 678 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:RCARrier? :ACP:OFFS2:LIST:RCAR 0,0,0,0,0,0 Example :ACP:OFFS2:LIST:RCAR? Notes Offset subopcode. 1 for BTS (Downlink), 2 for MS (Uplink). Default is BTS Some modes do not support Offset subopcode 2. In those cases, commands with subopcode 2 are accepted without error but ignored Preset When...
  • Page 679 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Min/Max -150.0/50.0 :CALCulate:MCPower:OFFSet:LIST:LIMit:POSitive[:UPPer]:DATA Backwards Compatibility (Power Suite) SCPI Negative Offset Limit(Remote Command only) Enables you to set the upper limit for the lower segment of the specified offset pair. :CALCulate:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:LIMit:NEGative[:UPPer]:DATA Remote <real>,... Command :CALCulate:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:LIMit:NEGative[:UPPer]:DATA? :CALC:ACP:OFFS:LIST:LIM:NEG:DATA 0,0,0,0,0,0 Example...
  • Page 680 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement The query returns the six (6) sets of real numbers that are the current amplitude test limits, relative to the power spectral density, for each offset. Offset[n] n = 1 is base station and n = 2 is mobiles. The default is base station (1). [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:RPSDensity <rel_ampl>,…...
  • Page 681 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement larger than the limit for Abs Limitor one of the relative ACP measurement results is larger than the limit for Rel Lim (Car) or Rel Lim (PSD) [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:TEST ABSolute | AND | OR | Remote RELative,…...
  • Page 682 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement ETOEdge From the lowermost carrier center frequency - spacing of this carrier /2 (for lower offset), the uppermost carrier center frequency + spacing of this carrier /2 (for upper offset) to the closest edge frequency of each Offset Integ BW STOCenter From either the lower or upper sub-block edge frequency to the center frequency of each Offset Integ BW...
  • Page 683 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Diagram for Offset Freq Define Note: RF BW Edge and Outermost Carrier Edge are not always same. e.g.) 5G NR (3GPP) defines BW_channel,CA which calculates F_offset,high and F_ offset,low asymmetrically with SCS shift. (*) For MSR, F_offset,high (or ,low) = F_offset,RAT,high (or ,low) Offset Freq This parameter determines the frequency difference between the center of the main...
  • Page 684 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Each Offset Freq state value is entered individually by selecting the desired carrier. Use the Enabled checkbox to turn the Offset Freq State on and off. The list contains up to six (6) entries, depending on the mode selected, for offset frequencies.
  • Page 685 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Enter each value individually by selecting the desired offset on the Offset menu key using the up down arrows, the knob, or the numeric keypad, then enter the Offset Integration Bandwidth using the Offset Integration Bandwidth menu key. You can turn off (not use) specific offsets with the [:SENSe]:ACP:OFFSet [n]:INNer:LIST:STATe...
  • Page 686 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2:INNer:LIST:SIDE NEGative | BOTH | POSitive, Remote … Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2:INNer:LIST:SIDE? :ACP:OFFS:INN:LIST:SIDE BOTH Example :ACP:OFFS:INN:LIST:SIDE? Notes OFFSet1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS If you set in an offset, result of the inactive side returns -999 Preset When "Max Num of Offsets"...
  • Page 687 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Filter Alpha Sets the alpha value for the RRC Filter for each offset. [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2:INNer:LIST:FILTer:ALPHa <real>,… Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2:INNer:LIST:FILTer:ALPHa? :ACP:OFFS:INN:LIST:FILT:ALPH 0.5,0.5,0.5,0.5,0.5,0.5 Example :ACP:OFFS:INN:LIST:FILT:ALPH? Preset When "Max Num of Offsets" on page 695 is set to 12, the preset value of Offset G ~ L is 0.22 0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22|0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22 State Saved Saved in instrument state...
  • Page 688 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Offset subopcode. 1 for BTS (Downlink), 2 for MS (Uplink). Default is BTS Dependencies When Meas Method is RBW, FAST or Fast Power, this control is grayed out and disabled. If the cell is pressed, an advisory message is generated.
  • Page 689 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Filter Type Selects the type of bandwidth filter that is used. [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2:INNer:LIST:BANDwidth:SHAPe GAUSsian | Remote Command FLATtop,… [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2:INNer:LIST:BANDwidth:SHAPe? :ACP:OFFS2:INN:LIST:BAND:SHAP FLAT,GAUS,GAUS,GAUS,GAUS,GAUS Example :ACP:OFFS2:INN:LIST:BAND:SHAP? Notes Offset subopcode: 1 for BTS (Downlink), 2 for MS (Uplink) Dependencies When Res BW Mode for the offset is Auto, this cell is grayed-out and disabled.
  • Page 690 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Power Ref Type Enables you to set reference types of inner offsets. CUMulative Cumulated power of the upper and lower sub-block carriers is the reference level. This selection is effective only when one of the following "Power Ref"...
  • Page 691 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Sub-block Gap Inner ACP offset Power Ref Type Wgap <5MHz 1st (2.5MHz) Normal 2nd (7.5MHz) Normal 5MHz≤ Wgap <10MHz 1st (2.5MHz) Cumulative 2nd (7.5MHz) Normal 10MHz≤ Wgap <15MHz 1st (2.5MHz) Cumulative 2nd (7.5MHz) Cumulative 15MHz≤...
  • Page 692 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Limit Test This checkbox is the same as "Limit Test" on page 717 in the Meas Setup, Settings tab. Offset Freq This column is the same as "Offset Freq" on page 1860 in the Offset index tab. Abs Limit Enters an absolute limit value, which sets the absolute amplitude levels to test against for each of the custom offsets.
  • Page 693 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement the first one in the list. [:SENSe]:ACP:OFFSet[n]:INNer:LIST:TEST selects the type of testing to be done at each offset. You can turn off (not use) specific offsets with the [:SENSe]:ACP:OFFSet [n]:INNer:LIST:STATe command. The query returns the six (6) sets of real numbers that are the current amplitude test limits, relative to the carrier, for each offset.
  • Page 694 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Notes Offset subopcode: 1 for BTS (Downlink), 2 for MS (Uplink). Default is BTS Preset When "Max Num of Offsets" on page 695 is set to 12, the preset value of Offset G ~ L is 0 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0|0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 State Saved Saved in instrument state...
  • Page 695 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Max Num of Offsets Sets the max number of offsets: either 6 or 12. This setting applies only to SCPI operations. To specify the same behavior as that of the previous version, selecting 6 offsets is recommended. If you select 12 offsets, :READ/:FETCh the results returned by the queries increase accordingly.
  • Page 696 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement ON|OFF Range [:SENSe]:MCPower:LIMit[:STATe] Backwards Compatibility SCPI [:SENSe]:ACPower:LIMit[:STATe] Spur Avoidance Because VXT models M9410A/11A/15A are direct-conversion (zero-IF) receivers, feedthrough leakage from the local oscillator appears as a spurious signal (spur) at the center frequency. The Spur Avoidance function is provided to eliminate this spur, at the expense of some measurement speed.
  • Page 697 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Auto Couple Immediately puts all Auto/Man functions into Auto. The Auto Couple action is confined to the current measurement only. It does not affect other measurements in the Mode. In the Auto state, Auto/Man functions are said to be “coupled”, meaning their values change as you make changes to other values in the measurement.
  • Page 698 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Executing the Auto Couple command does not affect markers, marker functions, trace or display attributes, or any other instrument setting other than those specifically mentioned above. Measurement-Specific Details Parameters affected by Auto Couple are: –...
  • Page 699 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :CONF:ACP Example Couplings Selecting Meas Preset restores all measurement parameters to their default values 3.4.8.2 Reference All ACP measurements are taken relative to a specific carrier frequency, relative to whose power the offset channel power is measured. The controls on this tab let you specify the reference carrier frequency and other parameters relevant to the reference carrier.
  • Page 700 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Auto Frequency Offset Changing this value will automatically calculate frequency offset based on a specified set of rules (For the rules, see 5.4.1.1 and 5.4.1.2 in 3GPP TS 38.104 V15.4.0). [:SENSe]:CCARrier:AFOFfset OFF | ACRA100K | ACRA15K | ACRA60K | Remote Command CARA100K | CARA15K | CARA60K [:SENSe]:CCARrier:AFOFfset?
  • Page 701 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Carrier Allocation This is the same as the control on the menu panel. See "Carrier Allocation" on page 2636. Non-Contiguous Break at This is the same as the control on the menu panel. See "Non-Contiguous Break at"...
  • Page 702 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement State Saved Range 5 MHz|10 MHz|15 MHz|20 MHz|25 MHz|30 MHz|40 MHz|50 MHz|60 MHz|70 MHz|80 MHz|90 MHz|100 MHz|200 MHz|400 MHz Freq Range This column enables you to set which frequency range to which each component carrier belongs.
  • Page 703 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Preset 0 Hz State Saved Saved in instrument state -50 GHz 50 GHz Demod Spectrum This column determines if the spectrum of the incoming data is mirrored or not. The actual mirroring is accomplished by conjugating the complex time data. Note that only the Modulation Analysis measurement and Conformance EVM measurement support this feature.
  • Page 704 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement ACP Power Integration Bandwidth This column specifies the Measurement Noise Bandwidth used to calculate the power in the component carriers in the ACP measurement. [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:ACPower:BANDwidth[1]|2:INTegration <freq> Remote Command [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:ACPower:BANDwidth[1]|2:INTegration? :CCAR0:ACP:BAND:INT 20MHz Example :CCAR0:ACP:BAND:INT? Notes Carrier sub op code, 1 is for BTS, 2 for MS.
  • Page 705 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Preset 98.280 MHz|98.310 MHz State Saved 100 kHz 400 MHz SEM Power Integration Bandwidth This column specifies the integration bandwidth used to calculate the power in the component carriers in SEM measurement. [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:SEMask:BANDwidth[1]|2:INTegration <freq> Remote Command [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:SEMask:BANDwidth[1]|2:INTegration?
  • Page 706 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement lower offset), the uppermost carrier center frequency + spacing of this carrier /2 (for upper offset) to the center frequency of each Offset Integ BW ETOEdge From the lowermost carrier center frequency - spacing of this carrier /2 (for lower offset), the uppermost carrier center frequency + spacing of this carrier /2 (for upper offset) to the closest edge of each Offset Integ BW RTOCenter...
  • Page 707 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Mode: MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:TYPE CTOCenter | CTOEdge | Remote ETOCenter | ETOEdge Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:TYPE? :ACP:OFFS:TYPE ETOC Example :ACP:OFFS:TYPE? CTOCenter Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Range Carrier Center to Integ BW Center|Carrier Center to Integ BW Edge|Carrier Edge to Integ BW Center- |Carrier Edge to Integ BW Edge Mode: 5G NR [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:TYPE CTOCenter | CTOEdge |...
  • Page 708 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Diagram for Modes other than MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5G NR 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 709 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Diagram for MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5G NR Note: RF BW Edge and Outermost Carrier Edge are not always the same. e.g.) 5G NR (3GPP) defines BW_channel,CA which calculates F_offset,high and F_ offset,low asymmetrically with SCS shift. (*) For MSR, F_offset,high (or ,low) = F_offset,RAT,high (or ,low) Offset Freq This parameter determines the frequency difference between the center of the main...
  • Page 710 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Each Offset Freq state value is entered individually by selecting the desired carrier. The list contains up to six (6) entries, depending on the mode selected, for offset frequencies. Each offset frequency in the list corresponds to a reference bandwidth in the bandwidth list.
  • Page 711 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Radio Test: ON, ON, ON, OFF, OFF, OFF State Saved Saved in instrument state OFF|ON Range Min/Max 0 Hz/Depends on instrument maximum frequency. Same as the Max Span of Swept SA Measurement [:SENSe]:MCPower:OFFSet[1]|2:LIST[:FREQuency] Backwards Compatibility SCPI...
  • Page 712 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Radio Test: 25 kHz, 25 kHz, 25 kHz, 25 kHz, 25 kHz, 25 kHz State Saved Saved in instrument state Min/Max 10 Hz/Depends on instrument maximum frequency. Same as the Max Span on Swept SA Measurement [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2:LIST:BWIDth[:INTegration] Backwards Compatibility...
  • Page 713 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Preset When "Max Num of Offsets" on page 695 is set to 12, the preset value of Offset G ~ L is BOTH BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH | BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH State Saved Saved in instrument state NEGative|BOTH|POSitive...
  • Page 714 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Offset F value 0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22|0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22 WCDMA 0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22|0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22 LTE, LTETDD, LTEAFDD, 0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22|0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22 LTEATDD, 5G NR, MSR State Saved Saved in instrument state Min/Max 0.01/1.00 Advanced (Offset) This control on the Offset dialog page opens up another menu page, which lets you set advanced properties of the Inner Offset, such as Res BW, Video BW, and Filter parameters.
  • Page 715 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement this value, Res BW Mode is also changed to Man Preset When "Max Num of Offsets" on page 695 is set to 12, the preset value of Offset G ~ L is the same as the Offset F value 220 kHz, 220 kHz, 220 kHz, 220 kHz, 220 kHz, 220 kHz WCDMA...
  • Page 716 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement LTE, LTETDD, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5G NR, MSR: 1 MHz, 1 MHz, 1 MHz, 1 MHz, 1 MHz, 1 MHz When "Max Num of Offsets" on page 695 is set to 12, the preset value of Offset G ~ L is ON ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON State Saved Saved in instrument state...
  • Page 717 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :ACP:OFFS2:LIST:BAND:TYPE? Notes Offset subopcode: 1 for BTS (Downlink), 2 for MS (Uplink). Default is BTS Some modes do not support Offset subopcode 2. In those cases, commands with subopcode 2 are accepted without error but ignored Dependencies When Filter Type if Flattop or Res BW Mode for the offset is Auto, this cell is grayed out and disabled.
  • Page 718 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:ABSolute < real>,… Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:ABSolute? :ACP:OFFS2:LIST:ABS -10,-10,-10,-10,-10,-10 Example :ACP:OFFS2:LIST:ABS? Notes Offset subopcode. 1 for BTS (Downlink), 2 for MS (Uplink). Default is BTS Some modes do not support Offset subopcode 2. In those cases, commands with subopcode 2 are accepted without error but ignored Preset When...
  • Page 719 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :ACP:OFFS2:LIST:RCAR 0,0,0,0,0,0 Example :ACP:OFFS2:LIST:RCAR? Notes Offset subopcode. 1 for BTS (Downlink), 2 for MS (Uplink). Default is BTS Some modes do not support Offset subopcode 2. In those cases, commands with subopcode 2 are accepted without error but ignored Preset When...
  • Page 720 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :CALCulate:MCPower:OFFSet:LIST:LIMit:POSitive[:UPPer]:DATA Backwards Compatibility (Power Suite) SCPI Negative Offset Limit(Remote Command only) Enables you to set the upper limit for the lower segment of the specified offset pair. :CALCulate:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:LIMit:NEGative[:UPPer]:DATA Remote <real>,... Command :CALCulate:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:LIMit:NEGative[:UPPer]:DATA? :CALC:ACP:OFFS:LIST:LIM:NEG:DATA 0,0,0,0,0,0 Example :CALC:ACP:OFFS:LIST:LIM:NEG:DATA? Notes...
  • Page 721 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement The query returns the six (6) sets of real numbers that are the current amplitude test limits, relative to the power spectral density, for each offset. Offset[n] n = 1 is base station and n = 2 is mobiles. The default is base station (1). [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:RPSDensity <rel_ampl>,…...
  • Page 722 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement larger than the limit for Abs Limitor one of the relative ACP measurement results is larger than the limit for Rel Lim (Car) or Rel Lim (PSD) [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:TEST ABSolute | AND | OR | Remote RELative,…...
  • Page 723 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement ETOEdge From the lowermost carrier center frequency - spacing of this carrier /2 (for lower offset), the uppermost carrier center frequency + spacing of this carrier /2 (for upper offset) to the closest edge frequency of each Offset Integ BW STOCenter From either the lower or upper sub-block edge frequency to the center frequency of each Offset Integ BW...
  • Page 724 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Diagram for Offset Freq Define Note: RF BW Edge and Outermost Carrier Edge are not always same. e.g.) 5G NR (3GPP) defines BW_channel,CA which calculates F_offset,high and F_ offset,low asymmetrically with SCS shift. (*) For MSR, F_offset,high (or ,low) = F_offset,RAT,high (or ,low) Offset Freq This parameter determines the frequency difference between the center of the main...
  • Page 725 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Each Offset Freq state value is entered individually by selecting the desired carrier. Use the Enabled checkbox to turn the Offset Freq State on and off. The list contains up to six (6) entries, depending on the mode selected, for offset frequencies.
  • Page 726 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Enter each value individually by selecting the desired offset on the Offset menu key using the up down arrows, the knob, or the numeric keypad, then enter the Offset Integration Bandwidth using the Offset Integration Bandwidth menu key. You can turn off (not use) specific offsets with the [:SENSe]:ACP:OFFSet [n]:INNer:LIST:STATe...
  • Page 727 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2:INNer:LIST:SIDE NEGative | BOTH | POSitive, Remote … Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2:INNer:LIST:SIDE? :ACP:OFFS:INN:LIST:SIDE BOTH Example :ACP:OFFS:INN:LIST:SIDE? Notes OFFSet1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS If you set in an offset, result of the inactive side returns -999 Preset When "Max Num of Offsets"...
  • Page 728 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Filter Alpha Sets the alpha value for the RRC Filter for each offset. [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2:INNer:LIST:FILTer:ALPHa <real>,… Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2:INNer:LIST:FILTer:ALPHa? :ACP:OFFS:INN:LIST:FILT:ALPH 0.5,0.5,0.5,0.5,0.5,0.5 Example :ACP:OFFS:INN:LIST:FILT:ALPH? Preset When "Max Num of Offsets" on page 695 is set to 12, the preset value of Offset G ~ L is 0.22 0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22|0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22 State Saved Saved in instrument state...
  • Page 729 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Offset subopcode. 1 for BTS (Downlink), 2 for MS (Uplink). Default is BTS Dependencies When Meas Method is RBW, FAST or Fast Power, this control is grayed out and disabled. If the cell is pressed, an advisory message is generated.
  • Page 730 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Filter Type Selects the type of bandwidth filter that is used. [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2:INNer:LIST:BANDwidth:SHAPe GAUSsian | Remote Command FLATtop,… [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2:INNer:LIST:BANDwidth:SHAPe? :ACP:OFFS2:INN:LIST:BAND:SHAP FLAT,GAUS,GAUS,GAUS,GAUS,GAUS Example :ACP:OFFS2:INN:LIST:BAND:SHAP? Notes Offset subopcode: 1 for BTS (Downlink), 2 for MS (Uplink) Dependencies When Res BW Mode for the offset is Auto, this cell is grayed-out and disabled.
  • Page 731 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Power Ref Type Enables you to set reference types of inner offsets. CUMulative Cumulated power of the upper and lower sub-block carriers is the reference level. This selection is effective only when one of the following "Power Ref"...
  • Page 732 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Sub-block Gap Inner ACP offset Power Ref Type Wgap <5MHz 1st (2.5MHz) Normal 2nd (7.5MHz) Normal 5MHz≤ Wgap <10MHz 1st (2.5MHz) Cumulative 2nd (7.5MHz) Normal 10MHz≤ Wgap <15MHz 1st (2.5MHz) Cumulative 2nd (7.5MHz) Cumulative 15MHz≤...
  • Page 733 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Limit Test This checkbox is the same as "Limit Test" on page 717 in the Meas Setup, Settings tab. Offset Freq This column is the same as "Offset Freq" on page 1860 in the Offset index tab. Abs Limit Enters an absolute limit value, which sets the absolute amplitude levels to test against for each of the custom offsets.
  • Page 734 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement the first one in the list. [:SENSe]:ACP:OFFSet[n]:INNer:LIST:TEST selects the type of testing to be done at each offset. You can turn off (not use) specific offsets with the [:SENSe]:ACP:OFFSet [n]:INNer:LIST:STATe command. The query returns the six (6) sets of real numbers that are the current amplitude test limits, relative to the carrier, for each offset.
  • Page 735 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Notes Offset subopcode: 1 for BTS (Downlink), 2 for MS (Uplink). Default is BTS Preset When "Max Num of Offsets" on page 695 is set to 12, the preset value of Offset G ~ L is 0 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0|0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 State Saved Saved in instrument state...
  • Page 736 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Reference Carrier (Carrier Index) Sets the reference carrier. Relative power measurements are made from the reference carrier. If set to Auto, the measurement selects the carrier with the highest power as the reference carrier and the Ref Carrier parameter is updated. If a value is entered when Ref Carrier Mode is set to Auto, the mode changes to Man.
  • Page 737 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state Range Auto|Man Min/Max 1/Number of available carriers [:SENSe]:MCPower:RCARrier[1]|2 Backwards Compatibility SCPI [:SENSe]:MCPower:RCARrier[1]|2:AUTO (Power Suite) Carrier Index (Modes: MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, and 5GNR) [:SENSe]:ACPower:CARRier[1]|2:INDex <integer> Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:CARRier[1]|2:INDex? :ACP:CARR:IND 1 Example :ACP:CARR:IND?
  • Page 738 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement TPRef Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Range Total Power Ref|PSD Ref Power Ref Selects the power reference type. This control has two different forms, depending on the currently-selected Mode: – "Power Ref (Modes: SA, WCDMA, VMA, SRComms)" on page 738 –...
  • Page 739 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Power Ref (Modes: LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5G NR, MSR) Selects the power reference type: Type Option Description LRCarriers Left & Right Powers of leftmost and rightmost carriers with Measure Carriers Carrier On in a sub-block are the references of left and right sides respectively.
  • Page 740 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Type Option Description TMCarriers Total Total power of multi carriers is the power reference of Multicarriers measurement. Each carrier power is calculated with its own carrier configuration settings MSR only MINSubbloc Min Power Minimum carrier power among the sub-block carriers of Carrier in Sub- Measure Carrier On is the reference of measurement.
  • Page 741 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Meas Type = Total Power Ref Meas Type = PSD Ref [:SENSe]:ACPower:CARRier[1]|2:PREFerence:TYPE LRCarriers | MPCarrier | Remote 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 742 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement CINDex | MANual | MPCSubblock | ACBandwidth | TMCarriers | MINPcarrier | Command MINSubblock | LRSubblocks [:SENSe]:ACPower:CARRier[1]|2:PREFerence:TYPE? :ACP:CARR:PREF:TYPE CIND Example :ACP:CARR:PREF:TYPE? Notes This command is available only in the MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD and 5G NR modes ACBandwidth is available only in LTEAFDD, LTEATDD and 5G NR TMCarriers...
  • Page 743 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Total Power Ref (Modes: SA, WCDMA, VMA, SRComms) This is used when Power Ref is Manual and Meas Type is Total Power. [:SENSe]:ACPower:CARRier[1]|2[:POWer] <real> Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:CARRier[1]|2[:POWer]? :ACP:CARR 10 Example :ACP:CARR? Notes Although the default value is defined, the value is recalculated by the measurement result just after measurement Carrier subopcode: 1 for BTS (Downlink), 2 for MS (Uplink).
  • Page 744 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Note that Carrier subopcode 2 is not supported in some Modes. In those cases, Carrier subopcode 1 is used for both BTS and MS and commands with subopcode 2 are accepted without error but ignored The Unit Terminators differ depending on whether or not the mode supports Y Axis Unit and also which Y Axis Unit is selected Dependencies...
  • Page 745 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state Min/Max -999/999 Power Ref State (Backwards Compatibility SCPI) Sets the Power Reference State to auto or manual. :ACP:CARR:AUTO OFF Example :ACP:CARR:AUTO? :MCP:CARR:AUTO ON :MCP:CARR:AUTO? Notes For backwards compatibility with legacy SA and WCDMA, this command is supported When ON, corresponds to the Ref Carrier of the Power Ref selection When OFF, corresponds to the Manual of the Power Ref selection Preset...
  • Page 746 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Note that Carrier subopcode 2 is not supported in some Modes. In those cases, Carrier subopcode 1 is used for both BTS and MS and commands with subopcode 2 are accepted without error but ignored Dependencies Enabled when Measurement Type is PSD Reference and Power Ref is Manual Couplings...
  • Page 747 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement – If changed to uplink: RF burst – If changed to downlink: External 1 In Trasmint On|Off Power, changing the direction affects the trigger source as follows – If changed to uplink: Periodic –...
  • Page 748 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Offset Side determines on which side of the BS RF bandwidth the interference signal exists. This setting is available for ACP, EVM, SEM and Spur. NOTE [:SENSe]:RADio:IMODulation:INTerference:FREQuency:OFFSet <freq> Remote Command [:SENSe]:RADio:IMODulation:INTerference:FREQuency:OFFSet? :RAD:IMOD:INT:FREQ:OFFS 5MHz Example :RAD:IMOD:INT:FREQ:OFFS? Preset...
  • Page 749 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :RAD:IMOD:INT:SIDE? POSitive Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Non-Contiguous Interference Region Sets the region the interfering signal exists at in the Non-Contiguous mode: – Inner – The interfering signal exists at the inner region. This setting is only effective when Carrier Alloc is Non-Contiguous.
  • Page 750 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Notes Subopcode 1 for Downlink, 2 for Uplink. Default is Downlink. Preset Downlink: ISSPan Uplink: OIBW State Saved Saved in instrument state Range Offset Integ BW|Interfering Signal Span 3.4.8.4 Component Carriers Contains settings that let you configure the analyzer to match the component carriers in your 5G NR signal.
  • Page 751 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement CONTiguous Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Range Contiguous|Non-Contiguous Non-Contiguous Break at Specifies an allocation break point in non-contiguous carrier allocation. First sub- block starts from the lowest frequency carrier and stops at the allocation break point carrier.
  • Page 752 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Configure CCs Lets you configure bandwidth, frequency offsets, and integration bandwidth, and also lets you exclude certain carriers from the measurement. More Information "Measure Carrier" on "Bandwidth" on page "Freq Range" on "Sidelink" on page page 2639 2640 page 2641...
  • Page 753 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Preset State Saved Range The cascading list is shown below Channel Spacing for Channel Raster Adjacent NR Carriers 100 kHz Carrier Aggregation 15 kHz 60 kHz Channel Spacing for Channel Raster Adjacent NR Carriers 100 kHz Carrier Aggregation 15 kHz...
  • Page 754 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement action “Apply Preset (to All CCs)” is executed Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Sidelink Allows the user to select the mode of component carrier from either normal 5G NR uplink or 5G NR V2X sidelink when Direction is Uplink. –...
  • Page 755 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Freq Range This column enables you to set which frequency range to which each component carrier belongs. Frequency Range affects CC Bandwidth, Max RB Numbers, ACP Measurement Noise Bandwidth and SEM Integ BW. [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:RADio:STANdard:FRANge FR1 | FR2 Remote Command [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:RADio:STANdard:FRANge?
  • Page 756 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement -50 GHz 50 GHz Cell ID Auto Enable and disable Cell ID auto detection based on SSB. This setting is available for EVM measurement only. NOTE [:SENSe]:EVM:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:CID:MODE AUTO | MANual Remote Command [:SENSe]:EVM:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:CID:MODE? :EVM:CCAR:CID:MODE MAN Example :EVM:CCAR:CID:MODE?
  • Page 757 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:SPECtrum NORMal | INVert Remote Command [:SENSe]:CCARrier[0]|1|…|15:SPECtrum? :CCAR0:SPEC INV Example :CCAR0:SPEC? NORM Preset State Saved Range Normal | Invert CHP Power Integration Bandwidth This column specifies the range of integration used in calculating the power in the component carrier s in the CHP measurement.
  • Page 758 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Bandwidth Downlink ACP Meas Noise BW Uplink ACP Meas Noise BW (MHz) (MHz) 5 MHz 4.500 4.515 10 MHz 9.360 9.375 15 MHz 14.220 14.235 20 MHz 19.080 19.095 25 MHz 23.940 23.955 30 MHz 28.800 28.815...
  • Page 759 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Notes Bandwidth sub op code, 1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS Couplings When Bandwidth of the parameter set is changed, this parameter also changes to that value Preset 100 MHz State Saved Saved in instrument state 100 kHz...
  • Page 760 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Bandwidth This control is part of the “Configure Presets” section of Meas Standard. It lets you set the "Bandwidth" on page 2640 of each component carrier in the same way you would do so using the table in the Configure Comp Carriers dialog on the Component Carriers tab.
  • Page 761 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Once you have applied this preset value, any new CCs created by setting the "Number of Component Carriers" on page 2636 will also take on this value. [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:FREQuency:RANGe FR1 | FR2 Remote Command [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:FREQuency:RANGe? :RAD:STAN:PRES:FREQ:RANG FR1 Example...
  • Page 762 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Parameter Dependencies between Frequency Range and Duplex Mode Frequency Range Duplex Mode TDD/FDD This control is part of the “Configure Presets” section of Meas Standard. It lets you set the subcarrier spacing of each component carrier. Set the value you want for this control and the other controls in the “Configure Preset”...
  • Page 763 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Auto|Man Parameter Dependencies between a combination of Frequency Range and Bandwidth and SCS Combination of Frequency Range and Bandwidth FR1 5M 15K*/30K FR1 10M 15K*/30K/60K FR1 15M 15K*/30K/60K FR1 20M 15K*/30K/60K FR1 25M 15K*/30K/60K FR1 30M 15K*/30K/60K...
  • Page 764 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement “Fulfilled-xxx” is to fill out all maximum available RBs in each CC with one specified modulation type (Pi/2-BPSK | QPSK | 16 QAM | 64 QAM | 256 QAM | 1024 QAM), and “DL-NR-TM x.x”...
  • Page 765 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Group Configuration DL NR-TM2 DL NR-TM2 (64 QAM) DL NR-TM2 (16 QAM) DL NR-TM2 (QPSK) DL NR-TM2a (256 QAM) DL NR-TM2b (1024 QAM) DL NR-TM3.1 DL NR-TM3.1 (64 QAM) DL NR-TM3.1 (16 QAM) DL NR-TM3.1 (QPSK) DL NR-TM3.1a (256 QAM) DL NR-TM3.1b (1024 QAM)
  • Page 766 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement OFDM Type This control is part of the “Preset for Mod Analysis” section of the Advanced Preset Parameters dialog. It lets you specify the OFDM Type to configure preset values for the Component Carriers: –...
  • Page 767 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement – < f ≤ 4.2 GHz: available when Frequency Range is FR1 – 4.2 < f ≤ 6.0 GHz: available when Frequency Range is FR1 – 24.25 < f ≤ 29.5 GHz: available when Frequency Range is FR2 –...
  • Page 768 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement The selection depends on which listed range the CC0 center freq is in State Saved Range None|f ≤ 1.0 GHz|1.0 < f ≤ 3.0 GHz|3.0 < f ≤ 4.2 GHz|4.2 < f ≤ 6.0 GHz|24.25 < f ≤ 29.5 GHz|37.0 < f ≤ 40.0 GHz ...
  • Page 769 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement – Category A Wide Area BS – Category B Wide Area BS – Category A Medium Range BS – Category B Medium Range BS – Category A Medium Range BS (Low Power rated) –...
  • Page 770 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement in the “Configure Preset” section, then press “Apply Preset (to all CCs)” to execute preset. See the Values for Meas Standard section for the parameters to be preset. Downlink [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:DLINk:ACHannel[:TYPE] NR | EUTRa | Remote NREutra Command...
  • Page 771 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :RAD:STAN:PRES:ULIN:PCL CLASS3 Example :RAD:STAN:PRES:ULIN:PCL? Dependencies Grayed out when Radio Direction is Downlink Power Class 4 is grayed out when Frequency Range is FR1 CLASS3 Preset State Saved Range 1|2|3|4 Uplink Channel Type This control is part of the “Preset for Tx On|Off Power” section of the Advanced Preset Parameters dialog.
  • Page 772 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Include RB Alloc Preset for Mod Analysis Enables you to select whether or not RB Alloc Preset is preset when Apply Preset is executed. [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:INCLude:EVM:RBALloc OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:INCLude:EVM:RBALloc? :RAD:STAN:PRES:INCL:EVM:RBAL 1...
  • Page 773 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Include Periodic Timer Sync Source Enables you to select whether or not Periodic Timer Sync Source is preset when Apply Preset is executed. [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:INCLude:FRAMe:SYNC[:SOURce] OFF | ON | 0 Remote Command [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:INCLude:FRAMe:SYNC[:SOURce]? :RAD:STAN:PRES:INCL:FRAM:SYNC 1 Example :RAD:STAN:PRES:INCL:FRAM:SYNC? Preset...
  • Page 774 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement You must press “Apply Preset (to all CCs)” or the values on the controls in the NOTE “Configure Presets” section of the menu panel will not affect the Component Carriers. [:SENSe]:RADio:STANdard:PRESet:IMMediate Remote Command :RAD:STAN:PRES:IMM Example Notes...
  • Page 775 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement 4.2 < f ≤ 6.0 GHz (FR1), 4.2 < f ≤ 6.0 GHz (FR1), 24.25 < f ≤ 29.5 GHz (FR2), 24.25 < f ≤ 29.5 GHz (FR2), 37.0 < f ≤ 40.0 GHz (FR2) 37.0 <...
  • Page 776 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement SCS), When "Apply Preset (to All CCs)" on page 2659 is pressed, related measurement parameters and Gate parameters are changed to the values described in the following sections in this chapter. Reference Standard version and ACP & SEM table indicator The following reference 3GPP test spec doc with its version number, ACP and SEM table numbers are displayed in the Advanced Preset Parameters dialog menu.
  • Page 777 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Cat B MR BS f ≤ 1.0 GHz, 1.0 < f ≤ 3.0 3.0 < f ≤ 4.2 Table 6.6.4.5.4- GHz, 4.2 < f ≤ 6.0 Cat A MR BS None, Table 6.6.4.5.4- (Low P f ≤...
  • Page 778 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Cat B MR BS f ≤ 1.0 GHz, 6.7.4.5.1.4-1 1.0 < f ≤ 3.0 3.0 < f ≤ 4.2 Table 6.7.4.5.1.4-2 4.2 < f ≤ 6.0 Table 6.7.4.5.1.4-3 Cat A MR BS None, Table (Low P 6.7.4.5.1.4-4...
  • Page 779 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Assumed Adjacent Channel (ACLR) Test Spec NR (same BW) TS38.521-1 Table 6.5.2.4.1.5-2 Table 6.5.2.2.5-1 v.16.7.0 (2021-03) UTRA, Table 6.5.2.4.2.5-2 NR + UTRA TS38.521-2 Table 6.5.2.3.5-1 Table 6.5.2.1.5-1 v.16.7.0 (2021-03) ACP reference table selection represents the Relative Limit for Outer Offsets. (The table numbers for Absolute limits, Test Tolerances, and the limits for Inner Offsets/CACLR are not displayed.) The following parameters are configured as preset values.
  • Page 780 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Sweep Parameters Parameter Preset Value Auto Sweep Points Frequency Parameters Preset Configuration Preset Value Direction Bandwidth Assumed Adj Channels Span Downlink 5, …, 100 MHz NR (same BW), = 4 x Bandwidth + RFBW (*) NR + E-UTRA E-UTRA = 20 MHz + RFBW (*)
  • Page 781 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement is referred to “Tables 5.3.2-1 and 5.3.2.2 (in 3GPP TS38.104)” in the Section "N_Grid_Size (Display Only)" on page 1521, "N_ Grid_Size (Display Only)" on page 1521, Meas Setup: Power Ref & Offset/Limit Configs: Outer/Inner Offset Parameters Preset Configuration (*) Preset Value (**) Direction...
  • Page 782 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement – FR and Assumed Adjacent Channesls are located at the Meas Standard tab menu. – 3GPP TS38.521-1/2 have not clearly specified Uplink non-Contiguous CA test cases yet. The Left & Right Subblocks and the SCtoC selections are based on the assumption of BW as BW Channel,CA...
  • Page 783 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Offset Freq Downlink A, B State C, … , L B, … , L Uplink B, … , L Offset Freq Downlink 2*BW C, … , L 0 Hz Uplink B, … , L 0 Hz When Num of CCs = 1: BW When Num of CCs >...
  • Page 784 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Video BW Auto State Video BW Automatically coupled with the Video BW value under the BW menu Offset Side Both Method Integration BW Outer Limit Parameters (for the Outer Offset Preset Case 1): –...
  • Page 785 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement 37.0 < f ≤ 40.0 Cat A MR BS, -17.3 + 10 LOG( ) dBm Cat B MR BS, config Cat A MR BS (Low Pr), Cat B MR BS (Low Pr) Cat A LA BS, -17.3 + 10 LOG( ) dBm Cat B LA BS...
  • Page 786 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement None, -35 dBm 24.25 < f ≤ 29.5, 37 < f ≤ 40 Rel Limit Power Class None, -36.2 dB (= -37 + TT 0.8) (Car) f ≤ 1.0, Power Class -30.2 dB (= -31 + 1.0 <...
  • Page 787 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Offset Downlink E-UTRA A, B Frequency C, … , L State NR + E- A, …, D UTRA E, …, L Uplink UTRA A, B C, … , L NR + A, B, C UTRA D, …, L Offset Freq...
  • Page 788 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Parameterfor Preset Configuration Offset Preset Value Downlink BStype BS Category Adjust Range (GHz) Fail Mask Abs AND Rel Abs Limit Cat A WA BS None, -13 + 10 LOG( ) dBm f ≤ 1.0, config Cat B WA BS -15 + 10 LOG(...
  • Page 789 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement f ≤ 1.0, 1.0 < f ≤ 3.0 3.0 < f ≤ 4.2, -43.8 dB 4.2 < f ≤ 6.0 – Uplink Absolute/Relative Limits: Parameterfor Uplink Preset Configuration Offset Preset Value UE Power Class Adjust Range(GHz) Fail Mask Abs AND Rel...
  • Page 790 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Direction CarrierAllocation Offset Downlink Contiguous Set to default values Frequency A, B "Table 1a Offset Freq State" State -Contiguous on page 790 C, …, L Contiguous Set to default values "Table 1a Offset Freq State" -Contiguous on page 790 B, …...
  • Page 791 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Downlink 5, …, 20 MHz Wgap < 5 Auto (Cum) Auto (Cum) ✓ 5 ≤ Wgap < 10 Auto (Cum) Auto (Cum) ✓ ✓ 10 ≤ Wgap <15 Auto (Cum) Auto (Cum) ✓ ✓...
  • Page 792 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Downlink 5, …, 20 MHz 4.50 25, …, 100 19.08 50, 100 MHz 47.52 200, 400 MHz 190.08 Uplink 5, …, 100 MHz = Bandwidth = 2 x Bandwidth 50, …, 400 = Bandwidth = 2 x Bandwidth where:...
  • Page 793 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Cat B LA BS ) dBm config Cat A WA BS None, -4 + 10 LOG( ) dBm f ≤ 1.0, config Cat B WA BS -6 + 10 LOG( 1.0 < f ≤ 3.0, ) dBm config 3.0 <...
  • Page 794 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement 5, … , 100 MHz None, -44 dB = (-45 + TT 1.0) f ≤ 1.0, 1.0 < f ≤ 3.0 3.0 < f ≤ 4.2, -43.8 dB = (-45 + TT 1.2) 4.2 <...
  • Page 795 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Inner Offset Preset Case 2 When Frequency Range = FR1 with Assumed Adjacent Channels (ACLR) = “UTRA” or “NR + UTRA” for UL. Inner Offset Parameters (for the Inner Offset Preset Case 2): Parameter(all Preset Configuration Offset...
  • Page 796 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Uplink 5, …, 100 Wgap < 5 Norm Norm Norm ✓ 5 ≤ Wgap < Norm Norm Norm ✓ ✓ 10 ≤ Wgap Norm Norm Norm Wgap < (++) (++) Norm Norm Norm Bandwidth ✓...
  • Page 797 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Rel Limit Power Class 1 None, -32.2 dB (= -33 + TT 0.8) (Car) f ≤ 1.0, -35.2 dB (= -36 + TT 0.8) 1.0 < f ≤ 3.0, C, …, L -36.2 dB (= -37 + TT 0.8) 3.0 <...
  • Page 798 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement (*2) Trigger Source is a separate parameter in each measurement, and is not preset with the Apply Preset action. Note that in the Tx On/Off Power measurement, it is forcefully changed to Periodic when the direction is switched to Uplink or to External 1 when the direction is switched to Downlink except for models with the H1G option.
  • Page 799 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :ACP:FREQ:SYNT 1 Example :ACP:FREQ:SYNT? :ACP:FREQ:SYNT:AUTO 1 :ACP:FREQ:SYNT:AUTO? Dependencies Does not appear in all models.  For models that do not display this control, the SCPI command is accepted for compatibility (although no action is taken) This control is not available in VXT models M9410A/11A/15A Preset Because this function is in Auto after preset, the state of this function after Preset will be automat-...
  • Page 800 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement or any offset is close to the noise floor of the instrument. Off turns these corrections off. In instruments with the noise floor extensions option (option NFE) enabled, there are two ways to compensate for the analyzer noise floor: through the NFE and through this noise corrections control.
  • Page 801 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement improvement in the noise floor to give more improvement for those instrument settings that can make good use of the potential improvement, such as settings that provide more averaging. The result is that when not much averaging is being performed, the signal displays more like the NFE-OFF case;...
  • Page 802 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement State Saved Adaptive NFE [:SENSe]:CORRection:NOISe:FLOor:ADAptive ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command [:SENSe]:CORRection:NOISe:FLOor:ADAptive? :CORR:NOIS:FLO ON Example First turn NFE ON, this is FULL mode :CORR:NOIS:FLO:ADAP ON Then set it to ADAptive Dependencies Only available in Modes that support Adaptive NFE Only appears in instruments with the NFE or NF2 license installed.
  • Page 803 On instruments with the NF2 license installed, the calibrated Noise Floor used by Noise Floor Extensions should be refreshed periodically. Keysight recommends that the Characterize Noise Floor operation be performed after the first 500 hours of operation, and once every calendar year.
  • Page 804 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement recommended interval, then when you turn on Noise Floor Extensions, the instrument will prompt you to do so with a dialog that says: “This action will take several minutes to perform. Please disconnect all cables from the RF input and press Enter to proceed.
  • Page 805 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Integration BW Selects an Integration BW passband from either -3 dB or -6 dB. [:SENSe]:ACPower:FILTer:BANDwidth[:INTegration] DB3 | DB6 Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:FILTer:BANDwidth[:INTegration]? :ACP:FILT:BAND DB3 Example :ACP:FILT:BAND? Dependencies Applicable for carriers and offsets whose filter method is not RRC and when Meas Method is other than RBW Preset State Saved...
  • Page 806 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement This function is reset to when "Restore Defaults" on page 2664 (in this tab) is pressed, or when System, Restore Defaults, All Modes is pressed. :INSTrument:COUPle:FREQuency:CENTer ALL | NONE Remote Command :INSTrument:COUPle:FREQuency:CENTer? :INST:COUP:FREQ:CENT ALL Example :INST:COUP:FREQ:CENT? Preset...
  • Page 807 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Under the current sweep configuration crossing over two bands, when Extend Low Band is turned ON, the instrument checks whether one band can cover the whole sweep frequency range or not. If it can, then the instrument locks the band; otherwise, it does nothing (the band crossover occurs).
  • Page 808 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement [:SENSe]:ACPower:FILTer[:RRC][:STATe] OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Backwards Compatibility [:SENSe]:ACPower:FILTer[:RRC][:STATe]? SCPI [:SENSe]:ACPR:FILTer[:RRC][:STATe] [:SENSe]:MCPower:FILTer[:RRC][:STATe] 3.4.8.9 Offset Filter Alpha (Backward Compatibility SCPI) :ACP:FILT:ALPH 0.5 Example :ACP:FILT:ALPH? Couplings This command is an alias of: [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2:LIST:FILTer:ALPHa Sending the commands to set values of all offsets for BS and MS, but the query always returns a value of BS Offset A Preset...
  • Page 809 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state [:SENSe]:ACPower:CARRier[1]|2:LIST:METHod IBW | RRC, … Backwards Compatibility [:SENSe]:ACPower:CARRier[1]|2:LIST:METHod? SCPI 3.4.9 Sweep Accesses controls to configure and control the acquisition of data, and the X-axis parameters of the instrument. Depending on the selected mode and measurement, these controls might include: Sweep Time, Continuous/Single, Pause/Resume, X Scale and Number of Points.
  • Page 810 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement longer Sweep Time; or by choosing a wider RBW and/or VBW. On non-sweeping hardware, this control is grayed-out. The value shown on this NOTE control is an estimate. It is the measurement’s turnaround time, which is the sum of signal acquisition time, FFT time, and other overhead time, to complete the entire span of the measurement.
  • Page 811 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Other than WCDMA: WCDMA: State Saved Saved in instrument state Other than non-sweeping hardware: Typically 1 ms Non-sweeping hardware: N/A In the ACP measurement, when Meas Method is Fast Power, the minimum sweep time is 'span' dependent and automatically calculated Other than non-sweeping hardware: 4000 s Non-sweeping hardware: N/A...
  • Page 812 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement [:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:ACQuisition:TIME:AUTO? <meas> CHPower- is the identifier for the current measurement; any one of |ACPower|OBWidth|MONitor Example Channel Power :CHP:SWE:ACQ:TIME 500 ms :CHP:SWE:ACQ:TIME? :CHP:SWE:ACQ:TIME:AUTO OFF Dependencies Available only on non-sweeping hardware Couplings Coupled to Span, RBW, and VBW when in the Auto state When you manually set a value when in the Auto state, the state automatically changes to Man Preset Automatically calculated...
  • Page 813 INITiate:IMM switched from continuous measurement to single measurement and restarted sweeps and averages (displayed average count reset to 1), but did not restart Max Hold and Min Hold. In the X-Series, the Restart control and the INITiate:IMM command initiate a sweep/ measurement/ average sequence/hold...
  • Page 814 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement have no effect on the current sequence until k = N, at which point the current sequence will stop and the instrument will go to the idle state See the "Restart" on page 2666 control description for details of the :INIT:IMMediate function.
  • Page 815 (displayed average count reset to 1) for a trace in Clear Write, but did not Notes restart Max Hold and Min Hold In the X-Series, the Restart hardkey and the :INIT:REST command restart not only Trace Average,...
  • Page 816 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement has completed. However, with Average/Hold Number >1, and at least one trace set to Trace Average, Max Hold, or Min Hold, or a Waterfall window being displayed, multiple sweeps/data acquisitions are taken for a single measurement. The trigger condition must be met prior to each sweep.
  • Page 817 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Sweep and Trigger Reset Resetting the sweep system resets the average/hold count k to 0. It also resets the set point counter to 0. Resetting the trigger system resets the internal auto trig timer to the value set by the Auto Trig control.
  • Page 818 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement If the instrument is set for Continuous measurement, it sets up the measurement and initiates a new data measurement sequence with a new data acquisition (sweep) taken once the trigger condition is met. If the instrument is set for Single measurement, it remains in the "idle"...
  • Page 819 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Sweep Time Rules Switches the instrument between NORMal ACCuracy sweep states. Setting Auto Sweep Time to ACCuracy results in slower sweep times, usually about three times as long, but yields better amplitude accuracy for CW signals. The instrument amplitude accuracy specifications only apply when Auto Sweep Time is set to ACCuracy.
  • Page 820 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Due to minimum sweep rate limitations of the hardware, the minimum sweep time available to the user will increase above its normal value of 1 ms as the number of sweep points increases above 15001. Changing the number of sweep points has several effects on the instrument.Since markers are read at the point location, the marker reading may change.The sweep time resolution will change.
  • Page 821 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement 20001 Annotation On second line of annotations, in lower right corner in parenthesis behind the sweep annotation Auto Sweep Points When Auto Sweep Points is ON, the instrument determines the points using the following calculation formula.
  • Page 822 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state OFF|ON Range :DISPlay:ACPower:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:X[:SCALe]:COUPle Backwards Compatibility SCPI 3.4.10 Trace Lets you control the acquisition, display, storage, detection and manipulation of trace data for the available traces. The Trace Control tab of this menu contains radio-button selections for the trace type (Clear/Write, Trace Average, Max Hold, Min Hold) and View/Blank setting for the selected trace.
  • Page 823 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement – Max Hold – Min Hold Each type handles data in a different way. Each trace also has two values that determine whether it is being written or not, and whether it is being displayed or not. These values, Update and Display, are described fully in the "View/Blank"...
  • Page 824 View and Blank. Averaging was global to all traces and was controlled under the BW/Avg menu. In the X-Series, trace averaging can be done on a per-trace basis. The Trace Modes (now called Trace Types) are Clear/Write, Trace Average, Max Hold and Min Hold.
  • Page 825 :TRACe:MODE is retained to provide backwards compatibility In the X-Series, unlike earlier instruments, Max Hold and Min Hold now obey the Average Number and counts up to a terminal value as Average always has As the Average/Hold Number now affects Min Hold and Max Hold, the operations that restart...
  • Page 826 [:STATe] ON|OFF|1|0 was used to turn Averaging on or off In the X-Series, Averaging is turned on or off on a per-trace basis, so it can be on for one trace and off for another For backwards compatibility, the old global Average State variable is retained solely as a legacy...
  • Page 827 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Details of the count limiting behavior and the averaging calculations may be found under Avg|Hold Number and Average Type under Meas Setup. When in Trace Average, if a measurement-related instrument setting is changed (that is, one which requires new data to be taken, like Center Frequency or Attenuation), the average restarts and a new sweep is initiated but the trace is not cleared.
  • Page 828 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Min Hold The instrument maintains and displays a min hold trace, which represents the minimum data value on a point-point basis of the new trace data and previous trace data. Details of the count limiting behavior may be found under Avg|Hold Number under the Meas Setup functions.
  • Page 829 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement View Update OFF; Display Blank Update OFF; Display Background Update ON, Display Allows a trace to be blanked and continue to update “in the background”, which was not possible in the past In the Swept SA measurement, a trace with DisplayOFF is indicated by a strikethrough of the type letter in the trace annotation panel in the Measurement...
  • Page 830 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :TRAC2:UPD 0 Couplings Whenever you set Update to for any trace, the Display is set to for that trace Preset For Swept SA Measurement (in SA Mode): 1|0|0|0|0|0 On for Trace 1; Off for 2–6 For all other measurements: 1|0|0 for Trace 1;...
  • Page 831 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement markers may be placed on them In most cases, inactive traces are static and unchanging; however, there are cases when an inactive trace will update, specifically: – if data is written to that trace from remote –...
  • Page 832 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Option Parameters Description points, using RMS averaging POSitive Peak Detector determines the maximum of the signal within the (Positive) sweep points SAMPle Sample Detector indicates the instantaneous level of the signal at the center of the sweep points represented by each display point NEGative Negative...
  • Page 833 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Detector type for all 3 traces is allowed. When Meas Method is RBW or FAST, Detector is disabled AVERage Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Range Normal|Average (RMS)|Peak|Sample|Negative Peak Annotation The four letter mnemonic for the detector appears in the trace window next to the referenced trace [:SENSe]:ACPR:SWEep:DETector[:FUNCtion] Backwards Compatibility...
  • Page 834 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Math Function Trace Math functions perform mathematical operations between traces and, in some cases, user-specified offsets. When in a Trace Math function, the indicated function is performed during the sweep with the math function used in place of a detector.
  • Page 835 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Turns off trace math for trace 1 Notes The Trace Math Function command has 6 main set of parameters: - Set 1 defines the “result trace”: TRACE1|TRACE2|TRACE3|TRACE4|TRACE5|TRACE6 -Set 2 defines the “function”: PDIFference|PSUM|LOFFset|LDIFference|OFF - Set 3 is a “trace operand”...
  • Page 836 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Trace Math Options To generate a trace math result, you must take a sweep . The trace math engine, IMPORTANT described below, operates in concert with the sweep engine in the instrument. Until a sweep has been taken, even if the constituent traces are not in Update mode, no result is generated.
  • Page 837 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement DestinationTrace = 10 log(10(1/10)(FirstTrace) + 10(1/10)(SecondTrace)) The values of the trace points are assumed to be in a decibel scale, as they are internally stored. If a point in either trace operand is equal to maxtracevalue, the resultant point is also maxtracevalue.
  • Page 838 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement The values of the operand trace points are assumed to be in decibel units (as they are internally stored) and the reference is in dBm so the result is in dBm. Example: If the first operand trace 1 is at 5 dBm, the second operand trace 2 is at –5 dBm, and the reference is –25 dBm, then the destination trace will be –15 dBm.
  • Page 839 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement For each active trace, the current trace point is processed for Trace 1, then Trace 2, then Trace 3, etc. Trace data is taken from either the detector for that trace, or 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 840 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement from the mathematical result of up to two other traces and an offset, depending on whether trace math is on or not. The resultant data is then fed to the Average/Hold processing block, where (if the trace type is Average, Max Hold, or Min Hold) it is processed with previous trace data.
  • Page 841 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement 5; for Trace 6, it presets to Trace 4 Operand 2: Trace number minus 1 (wraps at 1). For example, for Trace 1, Operand 2 presets to Trace 6; for Trace 6, it presets to Trace 5 State Saved Operands 1 and 2 for each trace are stored in instrument state Offset...
  • Page 842 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement From Trace Selects the trace to be copied to or exchanged with the "To Trace" on page 2123when a "Copy" on page 2123 "Exchange" on page 2124 is performed Preset To Trace Selects the trace to be copied from or exchanged with the "From Trace"...
  • Page 843 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Exchange Executes a Trace Exchange based on the "From Trace" on page 2123 "To Trace" on page 2123 parameters. The From Trace and To Trace are exchanged with each other. The action is performed once. The X-Axis settings and domain of a trace are also copied when it is exchanged with another trace.
  • Page 844 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement :TRAC:CLE:ALL Example Dependencies When Signal ID is on, this key is grayed-out Multiple Traces for EIRP Enables you to preset traces as follows. Trace Function: From Trace = Trace 1, To Trace = Trace 2 Trace 1 Trace 2 Trace 3...
  • Page 845 3  5G NR Mode 3.4  ACP Measurement Trace 2 and Trace 3 are grayed out when Meas Method is “Integration BW” or “Filtered IBW” and its corresponding results are unavailable Trace 2 and Trace 3 are grayed-out when no trace data is available TRACe1 Preset State Saved...
  • Page 846 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement 3.5 SEM Measurement The spectrum emission mask measures spurious signal levels in up to six pairs of offset frequencies and relates them to the carrier power. SEM Measurement Commands Offsets that are turned off (inactive) return -999.0 when their results are queried via SCPI.
  • Page 847 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Results Offset rel peak power (Offset A- L) Peak power of the signal in the ref channel when Meas Type is Spectrum Peak Reference LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, Ref channel summary MSR, 5G NR Offset result summary (Offset A- L) Offset limit margins (Offset A- L) LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5G...
  • Page 848 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value 16. Relative integrated power on the positive offset A (dBc) 17. Absolute integrated power on the positive offset A (dBm) 18. Relative peak power on the positive offset A (dBc) 19.
  • Page 849 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value 15. Peak power offset frequency from the center or carrier edge frequency in the negative offset A, depending on Offset Frequency Define settings (Hz) 16. Relative integrated power on the positive offset A (dB) 17.
  • Page 850 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value 13. Relative peak power on the negative offset A (dB) 14. Absolute peak power on the negative offset A (dBm) 15. Peak power offset frequency from the center or carrier edge frequency in the negative offset A, depending on Offset Frequency Define settings (Hz) 16.
  • Page 851 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value – Power Ref: Max Power Carrier in Sub-block -> Absolute power at the reference carrier of the left sub-block – Power Ref: Left & Right Sub-blocks -> Integrated power in the left sub-block 3.
  • Page 852 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value 12. Absolute integrated power on the negative offset A (dBm) 13. Relative peak power on the negative offset A (dBc) 14. Absolute peak power on the negative offset A (dBm) 15.
  • Page 853 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value -> Absolute power at the reference carrier of the left sub-block – Power Ref: Left & Right Sub-blocks -> Integrated power in the left sub-block 3. Absolute reference power (dBm/Hz) –...
  • Page 854 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value 13. Relative peak power on the negative offset A (dBc) 14. Absolute peak power on the negative offset A (dBm/Hz) 15. Peak power offset frequency from the center or carrier edge frequency in the negative offset A, depending on Offset Frequency Define settings (Hz) 16.
  • Page 855 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value – Power Ref: Left & Right Sub-blocks -> Peak power in the left sub-block 3. Peak reference power (dBm) – Power Ref: Left & Right Carriers -> Peak power at the right reference carrier –...
  • Page 856 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value 14. Absolute peak power on the negative offset A (dBm) 15. Peak power offset frequency from the center or carrier edge frequency in the negative offset A, depending on Offset Frequency Define settings (Hz) 16.
  • Page 857 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value 10. Reserved for the future use, returns -999.0 11. Relative integrated power on the negative offset A (dBc) 12. Absolute integrated power on the negative offset A (dBm) 13. Relative peak power on the negative offset A (dBc) 14.
  • Page 858 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value 6. Reserved for the future use, returns -999.0 7. Reserved for the future use, returns -999.0 8. Reserved for the future use, returns -999.0 9. Reserved for the future use, returns -999.0 10.
  • Page 859 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value 4. Reserved for the future use, returns -999.0 5. Peak frequency in the center frequency (reference) area (Hz) 6. Reserved for the future use, returns -999.0 7. Reserved for the future use, returns -999.0 8.
  • Page 860 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value commas Returns the displayed frequency domain relative limit trace data separated by commas Meas Type: Total Power Reference Returns comma-separated scalar values (in dBm) of the absolute integrated power of the segment frequencies.
  • Page 861 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value 25. Absolute integrated power at negative offset frequency (L) 26. Absolute integrated power at positive offset frequency (L) In WLAN mode. Returns 30 comma-separated scalar values (in dBm) of the absolute integrated power of the segment frequencies: 1.
  • Page 862 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value – Power Ref: Left & Right Carriers -> Right ref carrier power – Power Ref: Max Power Carrier in Sub-block -> Ref carrier power of the right sub-block – Power Ref: Left & Right Sub-blocks ->...
  • Page 863 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value Available Power Ref selections differ depending on the mode. For details, see "Power Ref" on page 1878. 1.Spectrum Peak Power reference (dBm) – Power Ref: Left & Right Carriers -> Spectrum Peak Power reference at the left reference carrier –...
  • Page 864 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value number of available offset (See "Number of Offsets" on page 877) When in the MSR, LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD, and 5G NR modes, returns outer offset results when Non-Contiguous Meas Region is set to Outer, and returns inner offset results when it is set to Inner, in the following order 1.
  • Page 865 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value 1. Reserved for the future use, returns -999.0 2. Reserved for the future use, returns -999.0 3. Relative integrated power at negative offset frequency (A) 4. Relative integrated power at positive offset frequency (A) 29.
  • Page 866 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value results when Non-Contiguous Meas Region is set to Outer, and returns inner offset results when it is set to Inner, in the following order 1. Reserved for the future use, returns -999.0 2.
  • Page 867 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value 1. Reserved for the future use, returns -999.0 2. Reserved for the future use, returns -999.0 3. At negative offset frequency (A) 4. At positive offset frequency (A) 29. At negative offset frequency (N) 30.
  • Page 868 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value results when it is set to Inner, in the following order 1. Reserved for the future use, returns -999.0 2. Reserved for the future use, returns -999.0 3. At negative offset frequency (A) 4.
  • Page 869 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value 4. At positive offset frequency (A) 29. At negative offset frequency (N) 30. At positive offset frequency (N) If the result is not available, -999.0 is returned The number of values returned is subject to change in future releases Returns the peak power of the signal in the ref channel when Meas Type is Spectrum Peak reference.
  • Page 870 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value 5. Peak frequency in the right reference channel spacing frequency range – Power Ref: Left & Right Carriers -> Peak frequency in the right ref carrier frequency range – Power Ref: Max Power Carrier in Sub-block ->...
  • Page 871 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value – Power Ref: Left & Right Sub-blocks -> Peak frequency in the left reference sub-block frequency range – Power Ref: RF Bandwidth & Aggregated Channel Bandwidth -> Peak frequency in the reference channel bandwidth frequency range 5.
  • Page 872 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value – Power Ref: Left & Right Carriers -> Peak frequency in the left ref carrier frequency range – Power Ref: Max Power Carrier in Sub-block -> Peak frequency in the ref carrier frequency range of the left sub-block –...
  • Page 873 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value 120. Peak power offset frequency from the center or carrier edge frequency in the positive offset L, depending on Offset Frequency Define settings (Hz) In WLAN mode: Returns comma-separated scalar results, in the following order: 1.
  • Page 874 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value 10. Peak power offset frequency from the center or carrier edge frequency in the positive offset A, depending on Offset Frequency Define settings (Hz) 11. Relative integrated power on the negative offset B (dB) 119.
  • Page 875 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value negative offset A, depending on Offset Frequency Define settings (Hz) 6. Reserved for the future use, returns 7. Reserved for the future use, returns 8. Relative peak power on the positive offset A (dB) 9.
  • Page 876 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value 1. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset A (dB) 2. Minimum margin from limit line on the positive offset A (dB) 3. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset B (dB) 4.
  • Page 877 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Modes Return Value Returns the displayed frequency domain absolute 2 limit trace data, separated by commas Number of Offsets The number of available offsets varies depending on the mode and option as below. Mode The number of available offsets...
  • Page 878 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement View Selection by Name :DISPlay:SEMask:VIEW[:SELect] APFReq | RPFReq | IPOWer | CINFormation Remote Command :DISPlay:SEMask:VIEW[:SELect]? :DISP:SEM:VIEW IPOW Example :DISP:SEM:VIEW? Dependencies In SA mode, when "Radio Standard" is set to WLAN, IPOWer is not available CINFormation is available only in MSR, LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD and 5G NR modes Preset...
  • Page 879 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement 3.5.1.2 Rel Pwr Freq Displays the relative power levels in dBc and the corresponding frequencies in the text window. Windows: "Graph" on page 879, "Table" on page 884 :DISP:SEM:VIEW RPFR Example 3.5.1.3 Integrated Power Displays the absolute and relative power levels integrated throughout the bandwidths between the start and stop frequencies in the text window.
  • Page 880 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement View Size Position Abs Pwr Freq Three fifth, full width Rel Pwr Freq Three fifth, full width Integrated Power Three fifth, full width Gate View One third, full width Middle The Graph differs depending on which View you are in. The views differ depending on the setting of the measurement type (Meas Type) under the Measurement Setup menu Graph Window in Abs Pwr Freq View...
  • Page 881 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Graph Window in Rel Pwr Freq View Corresponding Trace yellow - Combined trace from carrier and each offset Rel Peak Pwr & Freq (Total Pwr Ref) Rel Peak Pwr & Freq (PSD Ref) 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 882 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Rel Peak Pwr & Freq (Spectrum Pk Ref) Graph Window in Integrated Power View Corresponding Trace yellow - Combined trace from carrier and each offset Integrated Power (Total Pwr Ref) Integrated Power (PSD Ref) 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 883 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Integrated Power (Spectrum Pk Ref) Graph Window in Carrier Info View Sets the display to the carrier info view. The views differ depending on the setting of the measurement type (Meas Type) under the Measurement Setup menu. Spectrum trace (Total Pwr Ref) Spectrum trace (PSD Ref) 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 884 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Spectrum trace (Spectrum Pk Ref) 3.5.2.2 Table The Metrics window displays the textual results of the SEM measurement. The Table differs depending on which View you are in. The views differ depending on the setting of the measurement type (Meas Type) under the Measurement Setup menu View Size...
  • Page 885 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Name Corresponding Results Power n=1 2nd element Absolute power at the reference area Channel Integration Bandwidth Reference In multi-carrier applications, this column displays which carrier is reference carrier Measure Trace "Measure Trace" on page 1143 Start Freq (Hz) Start frequency for offset Stop Freq (Hz)
  • Page 886 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Abs Peak Pwr & Freq (PSD Ref) Results Window Name Corresponding Results Power n=1 2nd element Absolute power at the reference area Channel Integration Bandwidth Reference In multi-carrier applications, this column displays which carrier is reference carrier Measure "Measure Trace"...
  • Page 887 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Abs Peak Pwr & Freq (Spectrum Pk Ref) Results Window Name Corresponding Results Power Absolute power at the reference area Channel Integration Bandwidth Reference In multi-carrier applications, this column displays which carrier is reference carrier Measure "Measure Trace"...
  • Page 888 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Metrics window for MSR, LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD and 5G NR Table Window in Rel Pwr Freq View Rel Peak Pwr & Freq (Total Pwr Ref) Results Window Name Corresponding Results Power n=1 2nd element Absolute power at the reference area Channel Integration Bandwidth Reference...
  • Page 889 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Name Corresponding Results Upper ΔLim Minimum margin from limit line which is decided by Fail Mask setting on the (dB) positive offset Upper Freq Frequency on minimum margin point of the positive offset (Hz) Metrics window for modes other than MSR, LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD and 5G NR Metrics window for MSR, LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD and 5G NR...
  • Page 890 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Name Corresponding Results Lower (dB) Relative power spectrum density of the negative offset Lower ΔLim Minimum margin from limit line which is decided by Fail Mask setting on the (dB) negative offset Lower Freq (Hz) Frequency on minimum margin point of the negative offset Upper (dB) Relative power spectrum density of the positive offset...
  • Page 891 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Name Corresponding Results Start Freq (Hz) Start frequency for offset Stop Freq (Hz) Stop frequency for offset Integ BW (Hz) Measurement bandwidth for offset Lower Peak (dB) Relative peak power on minimum margin point of the negative offset Lower ΔLim (dB) Minimum margin from limit line which is decided by Fail Mask setting on the negative offset...
  • Page 892 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Name Corresponding Results Channel Integration Bandwidth Reference In multi-carrier applications, this column displays which carrier is reference carrier Measure Trace "Measure Trace" on page 1143 Start Freq (Hz) Start frequency for offset Stop Freq (Hz) Stop frequency for offset Integ BW (Hz) Measurement bandwidth for offset...
  • Page 893 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Integrated Power (PSD Ref) Name Corresponding Results Power n=1 2nd element Absolute power at the reference area Channel Integration Bandwidth PSD Ref n=5 1st element Power spectral density reference at the reference area Reference In multi-carrier applications, this column displays which carrier is reference carrier Measure...
  • Page 894 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Integrated Power (Spectrum Pk Ref) Name Corresponding Results Power Absolute power at the reference area Channel Integration Bandwidth Spectrum Peak n=5 1st element Peak power at the reference area Reference In multi-carrier applications, this column displays which carrier is reference carrier Measure Trace "Measure Trace"...
  • Page 895 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Metrics window for MSR, LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD and 5G NR Table Window in Carrier Info View This View and this Window are only available in MSR, LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD and 5G NR modes. Carrier center frequency can be displayed in either offset or absolute frequency depending on Carrier Freq.
  • Page 896 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Name Corresponding Results value of the Carrier Integ Bw for the carrier unless the RRC Filter is on, then the integration bandwidth used is the displayed value, which is (1 + alpha)/T where T = 1/(Carrier Integ Bw) Integration Shows carrier transmission bandwidth...
  • Page 897 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Ref Value Sets the value for the absolute power reference. The reference line is at the top, center, or bottom of the graticule, depending on the value of "Ref Position" on page 899. :DISPlay:SEMask:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel <real>...
  • Page 898 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement 20 dB Annotation <value> dB/ left upper of graph :DISPlay:SEMask:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision Backwards Compatibility SCPI Scale Range Sets the Y-Axis scale range. Remote Replace <meas> with the identifier for the current measurement Command :DISPlay:<meas>:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RANGe <rel_ampl> :DISPlay:<meas>:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RANGe? :DISP:CHP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RANG 100 Example...
  • Page 899 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement :DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV:OFFS:STAT ON Turns the Ref Level Offset On Dependencies This control appears only in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Preset 0 dBm State Saved Saved in instrument state The range for Ref Lvl Offset is variable. It is limited to values that keep the reference level within the range of -327.6 dB to 327.6 dB 327.6 dB Annotation...
  • Page 900 Controls the attenuator functions and interactions between the attenuation system components. There are two attenuator configurations in the X-Series. One is a Dual-Attenuator configuration consisting of a mechanical attenuator and an optional electronic attenuator. The other configuration uses a single attenuator with combined mechanical and electronic sections that controls all the attenuation functions.
  • Page 901 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Configuration 2: Mechanical attenuator, no optional electronic attenuator Note that Configuration 2 is not strictly speaking a dual-section attenuator, since there is no electronic section available. However, it behaves exactly like Configuration 1 without the Electronic Attenuator option EA3, therefore for the sake of this document it is grouped into the “Dual-Attenuator”...
  • Page 902 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement (Note that depending on the measurement, there may be no Auto/Man functionality on the Mech Atten control.) In the Single-Attenuator configuration, you control the attenuation with a single control, as the fixed stage has only two states. In the Dual-Attenuator configuration, both stages have significant range so you are given separate control of the mechanical and electronic attenuator stages.
  • Page 903 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement In the Amplitude, "Y Scale" on page 2564 menu, and the Atten Meas Bar dropdown menu panel, a summary is displayed as follows: “Total Atten below 50 GHz” followed by the value of Full Range Atten + Mech Atten + Elec Atten “Total Atten above 50 GHz”...
  • Page 904 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement "Attenuator Configurations and Auto/Man" on page 905 for more information on the Auto/Man functionality :POW:ATT:AUTO is only available in measurements that support Mech Atten Auto, such as Swept Couplings If the RF Input Port is the RF Input: –...
  • Page 905 Attenuator Configurations and Auto/Man As described in Y Scale, there are two distinct attenuator configurations available in the X-Series, the single attenuator and Dual-Attenuator configurations. In Dual- Attenuator configurations, we have the mechanical attenuation and the electronic attenuation, and the current total attenuation is the sum of the electronic + mechanical attenuation.
  • Page 906 (which has both a mechanical and electronic stage). However, in the Single-Attenuator configuration, EATT SCPI commands are accepted for compatibility with other X-series instruments and set a “soft” attenuation as described in . The “soft” attenuation is treated as an addition to the “main”...
  • Page 907 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement If both of the above are true, pressing the control will generate error message -221, in other words, the frequency range lockout takes precedence If the electronic/soft Attenuator is enabled, then the Stop Freq of the instrument is limited to 3.6 GHz and the Internal Preamp is unavailable If the LNA is on, the electronic attenuator (and the “soft”...
  • Page 908 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Mechanical Attenuator Transition Rules When the Electronic Attenuator is enabled, the Mechanical Attenuator transitions to a state that has no Auto function. Below are the rules for transitioning the Mechanical Attenuator. Note that the information below only applies to the Dual- Attenuator configurations, and only when the Electronic Attenuator is installed: When the Electronic Attenuation is enabled from a disabled state: –...
  • Page 909 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Using the Electronic Attenuator: Pros and Cons The electronic attenuator offers finer steps than the mechanical attenuator, has no acoustical noise, is faster, and is less subject to wear. The “finer steps” advantage of the electronic attenuator is beneficial in optimizing the alignment of the instrument dynamic range to the signal power in the front panel as well as remote use.
  • Page 910 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Restart Meas on Adjust Atten Toggles the force restart switch for the "Adjust Atten for Min Clipping" on page 2576 function. When ON, pressing Adjust Atten for Min Clipping, or sending [:SENSe]:POWer [:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize IMMediate, executes the function then restarts the measurement.
  • Page 911 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping If this function is ON, it applies the adjustment described under "Adjust Atten for Min Clipping" on page 2576 each time a measurement restarts. Therefore, in Continuous measurement mode, it only executes before the first measurement. In Dual-Attenuator models, you can set Elec+Mech Atten, in which case both attenuators participate in the autoranging, or Elec Atten Only, in which case the mechanical attenuator does not participate in the autoranging.
  • Page 912 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Off | On Notes aliases to "Elec Atten Only" (:POW:RANG:OPT:ATT ELEC) OFF) aliases to "Off" (:POW:RANG:OPT:ATT :POW:RANG:AUTO? returns true if :POW:RANG:OPT:ATT is not [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:AUTO ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Backwards Compatibility [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:AUTO? SCPI Adjustment Algorithm...
  • Page 913 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Dual-Attenuator models "Adjust Atten for Min Clipping" on page 2576 "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 911 selection is Mech + Elec Atten: 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 914 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 915 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 911 selection is Elec Only. Note that the Mech Atten value is not adjusted, and the value previously set is used. Therefore, there is a case that IF Overload is still observed depending on the input signal level and the Mech Atten setting.
  • Page 916 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuation:STEP[:INCRement]? :POW:ATT:STEP 2 Example :POW:ATT:STEP? Notes This feature has a toggle choice from the front panel, but it takes a specific value (in dB) when used remotely. The only valid values are 2 and 10 Dependencies Blanked in EXA, CXA and CXA-m if option FSA (2 dB steps) is not present.
  • Page 917 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Max Mixer Lvl Rules Allows you to optimize the Max Mixer Level setting for certain kinds of measurements. – NORMal – The historical, and thus backwards compatible, setting range (−50 to 0 dBm) and default setting (−10 dBm). The instrument has been designed so that, at the default setting, any signal below the Reference Level is extremely unlikely to create ADC overloads.
  • Page 918 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement 3.5.3.3 Range (Non-attenuator models) This tab is only available for Keysight’s modular signal analyzers and certain other Keysight products. Examples include: – VXT This tab also does not appear in UXM. In UXM, all Attenuation and Range settings are disabled, as the expected input power level is handled by the Call Processing App that drives the DUT power control.
  • Page 919 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize IMMediate Remote Command Notes Executing Adjust Range for Min Clipping initiates the measurement Dependencies This control does not appear in the Swept SA and Monitor Spectrum measurements This control appears in all measurements in E7760 Restart Meas on Adjust Range This control is the same as "Restart Meas on Adjust Atten"...
  • Page 920 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Peak-to-Average Ratio Used with "Range (Non-attenuator models)" on page 2589 to optimize the level control in the instrument. The value is the ratio, in dB, of the peak power to the average power of the signal to be measured. A ratio of 0 should be used for sinusoidal signals;...
  • Page 921 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Mixer Lvl Offset This is an advanced setting to adjust target Range at the input mixer, which in turn affects the signal level in the instrument’s IF. This setting can be used when additional optimization is needed after setting "Peak-to-Average Ratio"...
  • Page 922 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement The value displayed on "Preselector Adjust" on page 2594 will change to reflect the new preselector tuning. A number of considerations should be observed to ensure proper operation. See "Proper Preselector Operation" on page 922.
  • Page 923 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement 3    In some models, the preselector can be bypassed. If it is bypassed, no centering will be attempted in that range and a message will be generated Preselector Adjust Allows you to manually adjust the preselector filter frequency to optimize its response to the signal of interest.
  • Page 924 3.5  SEM Measurement Notes PSA had multiple preselectors, and you could select which preselector to adjust. Since the X-Series has only one mm/uW preselector, the preselector selection control is no longer available. However, to provide backward compatibility, we accept the legacy remote commands...
  • Page 925 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement :POW:GAIN:BAND LOW Example :POW:GAIN:BAND? :POW:GAIN OFF :POW:GAIN? Dependencies Preamp is not available on all hardware platforms. If the preamp is not present or is unlicensed, the control is not shown Does not appear in VXT Models M9410A/11A/15A :POW:GAIN:BAND FULL is sent when a low band preamp is available, the preamp band parameter is set to...
  • Page 926 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Option LNA is not required by VXT model M9415A Does not appear in VXT models M9420A/21A/10A/11A May not appear in some measurements The LNA is not available when the electronic/soft attenuator is enabled Preset State Saved Saved in State...
  • Page 927 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement activated, which can cause some noise degradation but preserves the life of the bypass switch. For applications that utilize the wideband IF paths, the preset state is µW Preselector Bypass, if option MPB is present. This is because, when using a wideband IF such as the 140 MHz IF, the µW Preselector’s bandwidth can be narrower than the available IF bandwidth, causing degraded amplitude flatness and phase linearity, so it is desirable to bypass the preselector in the default case.
  • Page 928 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Alignment switching ignores the settings in this menu, and restores them when finished Dependencies Does not appear in CXA-m Does not appear in VXT Models M9410A/11A Does not appear in BBIQ and External Mixing The Low Noise Path Enable selection does not appear unless Option LNP is present and licensed The µW Preselector Bypass selection does not appear unless Option MPB is present and licensed The Full Bypass Enable selection does not appear unless options LNP and MPB are both present as...
  • Page 929 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement This allows the function to automatically switch based on certain Auto Rules as shown below: VMA Mode Measurement When µW Path Control is in Auto: Digital Demod Use Standard Path unless tuned frequency > 3.6 GHz and IFBW > 15 MHz, in which case choose Preselector Bypass Monitor Spectrum Always Presel Bypass...
  • Page 930 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Measurement When µW Path Control is in Auto: Rule’ is Best Dynamic Range, auto µW path is standard 2. For other cases, auto µW path is presel bypass if presel bypass is enabled, auto µW path is standard if presel bypass is not enabled Spurious Always Standard Path...
  • Page 931 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO? Dependencies Only appears in VMA, WLAN, 5G NR and CQM modes Couplings See the tables above Preset ON|OFF Range Low Noise Path Enable You may select Low Noise Path Enable, which gives a lower noise floor under some circumstances, particularly when operating in the 21-26.5 GHz region.
  • Page 932 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement high enough that the preamp option would have excessive third-order intermodulation or compression. The preamp, if purchased and used, gives better noise floor than does the “Low Noise Path.” However, its compression threshold and third-order intercept are much poorer than that of the non-preamp path.
  • Page 933 Option MPB or pre-selector bypass provides an unpreselected input mixer path for certain X-Series signal analyzers with frequency ranges above 3.6 GHz. This signal path allows a wider bandwidth and less amplitude variability, which is an advantage when doing modulation analysis and broadband signal analysis.
  • Page 934 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement – the stop frequency is above 3.6 GHz. – the internal preamp is not installed or (if installed) is set to Off or Low Band Note that this means that, when any part of a sweep is done in Low Band, the Low Noise Path is not used, whether or not the Full Bypass Enable is selected in the user interface.
  • Page 935 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement For most applications, the preset state is OFF, which gives the best remote-control throughput, minimizes acoustic noise from switching, minimizes out of band spurs, and minimizes the risk of wear in the hardware switches. Preselector and Bandwidth Conflict When the Frequency Extender Preselector is applied and the signal bandwidth is greater than 2.5 [GHz], then a settings alert message will show to warn the user...
  • Page 936 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Full Bypass Enabled, maximum safe input power reduced [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL? :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL ON Example :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL? Dependencies Only appears if option FBP is installed Only appears in the following measurements –...
  • Page 937 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement preselection must be used to suppress and separate images above 50 GHz. The specific algorithm used for software preselection is specified by the SW Preselection Type selection – Normal or Advanced. For N9042B+V3050A, Software Preselection only applies for frequencies above 50 GHz, therefore it is only used for External RF.
  • Page 938 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state SW Preselection Type Specifies the algorithm used for software preselection. Two hidden sweeps are taken in succession. The second sweep is offset in LO frequency by 2*IF/N. For each point in each trace, the smaller amplitude from the two traces is taken and placed in that point in the selected trace.
  • Page 939 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement – NORMal – when making Swept measurements, a software preselection algorithm is used which takes up to 4 background acquisitions, then post- processes the result. This algorithm can remove images from signals with an occupied bandwidth up to around 3 GHz.
  • Page 940 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement :WAV:PFIL ON Dependencies This control only appears in VXT models M9410A/11A with center frequency above 1310 MHz Preset See “Prefilter Presets” below State Saved Saved in instrument state Prefilter Presets Meas Mode Preset SPEC BASIC BASIC, WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA...
  • Page 941 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement 3.5.4.1 Settings Contains the basic Bandwidth functions. The only tab under BW. RBW Filter Type Selects the type of bandwidth filter that is used in Carriers and Offsets: – When GAUSsian or FLATtop is selected, the selected filter is applied to carriers and all offsets –...
  • Page 942 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Limit Lines Toggles Limit Lines display for Spectrum Emission Mask measurement On or Off. :CALCulate:SEMask:LLINe:STATe ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command :CALCulate:SEMask:LLINe:STATe? :CALC:SEM:LLIN:STAT OFF Example :CALC:SEM:LLIN:STAT? Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state ON|OFF Range Carrier Frequency Type...
  • Page 943 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement – The Enumerated ID is used with the remote command :DISP:SEM:VIEW – The Numeric ID is used with the remote command :DISP:SEM:VIEW:NSEL Enumerated ID Numeric ID View Name Details APFReq Abs Pwr Freq Displays the absolute power levels in dBm and the corresponding frequencies in the text window...
  • Page 944 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Option 4 is available only in MSR, LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD and 5G NR modes Preset 1 unless noted below: 2 WLAN State Saved Saved in instrument state Min/Max MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5G NR:1/4 Other modes: 1/3 Abs Pwr Freq Displays the absolute power levels in dBm and the corresponding frequencies in the text window.
  • Page 945 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement User View Lets you choose a View from the saved User Views for the current measurement. This panel only appears if a User View exists for the current measurement. :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:SELect <alphanumeric> Remote Command :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:SELect? Example Select Baseband as the current View...
  • Page 946 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Save Layout as New View Saves your new View as a User View. An alpha keyboard appears, which lets you name your new View; the default is the old View name plus a number. :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:NAME <alphanumeric>...
  • Page 947 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Delete User View You can delete the current View if it is a User View. The default view becomes the current view for the Measurement. :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:DELete Remote Command :DISP:VIEW:ADV:DEL Example Notes <alphanumeric> is case insensitive; you can specify mixed case, however the name will be evaluated on a single case <alphanumeric>...
  • Page 948 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement :DISP:VIEW:ADV:CAT? Example Notes Returns a quoted string of the available Views for the current measurement, separated by commas. The list includes names for all the Views, including User Views, available for the current Measurement Example: "Normal,Trace Zoom,Spectrogram,Baseband,myView1,yourView1"...
  • Page 949 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe] OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Backwards Compatibility :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe]? SCPI This command is accepted for backwards compatibility with older instruments, but the WINDow, TRACe GRID parameters are ignored Screen Annotation...
  • Page 950 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement :DISP:ANN:TRAC OFF Example Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Control Annotation Turns on and off the display of values on the Active Function controls for all measurements in the current Mode. This is a security feature. :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe] ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe]?
  • Page 951 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement 2. To reduce emissions from the display, drive circuitry 3. For security purposes If you have turned off the display: – and you are in local operation, the display can be turned back on by pressing any key or by sending :SYSTem:DEFaults MISC :DISPlay:ENABle ON...
  • Page 952 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Backwards :SYST:PRES no longer turns on :DISPlay:ENABle as it did in legacy analyzers Compatibility Notes 3.5.6 Frequency Opens the Frequency menu, which contains controls that allow you to control the Frequency and Channel parameters of the instrument. Some features in the Frequency menu are the same for all measurements in the current Mode –...
  • Page 953 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement purpose of this coupling is for backwards compatibility with legacy LTE/LTE TDD Modes, in which :SENSe:FREQuency:CENTer was used to set up the Frequency of the measurement. For more details, see "More Information" on page 953.
  • Page 954 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Since Center Frequency is only used in those three measurements, Monitor Spectrum, IQ Waveform and CCDF, this control only appears on the Frequency menu of these measurements. Considering the legacy LTE usability in the converged LTE & LTE-A application, when the mode of the Center Frequency is Auto and the Number of Component Carrier equals to 1 and the Center Frequency Offset equals to 0 Hz, the Center Frequency is equivalent to Carrier Reference Frequency, which is used to set up the...
  • Page 955 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Increment Center Frequency by the value of CF Step: :FREQ:CENT UP Return the current value of Center Frequency: :FREQ:CENT? Notes Sets the RF, External Mixing or I/Q Center Frequency depending on the selected input: –...
  • Page 956 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Freq Option CF after Mode Stop Freq after Mode Max Freq (can't tune Preset Preset above) 526 (except CXA and 13.255 GHz 26.5 GHz 27.0 GHz* MXE) 526 (CXA) 13.255 GHz 26.5 GHz 26.55 GHz 526 (MXE) 1.805 GHz 3.6 GHz...
  • Page 957 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Tracking Generator Frequency Limits (CXA only) Tracking Min Freq If above this Freq, Stop Freq Max Freq (clips to this freq when turn (can't tune Generator clipped to this Freq when TG TG on and can’t tune below above) Option turned on...
  • Page 958 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Frequency would be >3.6 GHz fails and results in an advisory message. If the equivalent SCPI command is sent, this same message is generated as part of a “-221, Settings conflict” warning Preset See table above State Saved Saved in instrument state...
  • Page 959 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement If the knob or step keys are being used, also depends on Span The maximum frequency in the currently selected mixer band - 5 Hz If the knob or step keys are being used, also depends on Span I/Q Center Freq Specifies the I/Q Center Frequency.
  • Page 960 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement :FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO? Notes Preset and Max values are depending on Hardware Options Dependencies Not available in the MSR, LTE-A FDD/TDD and 5G NR modes If the electronic/soft attenuator is enabled, any attempt to change the value of the center frequency >3.6 GHz by pressing the Up-arrow key, fails and results in an advisory message.
  • Page 961 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement In any menu tab in which Select Marker appears, the first control is always Marker Frequency|Time. Notes The selected marker is remembered even when not in the Marker menu and is used if a Search is done or a Band Function is turned on, or for Signal Track or Continuous Peak Preset Marker 1...
  • Page 962 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement entered value is immediately translated into the current X-Axis Scale units for setting the value of the marker. :CALCulate:SEMask:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:X:POSition <real> Remote Command :CALCulate:SEMask:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:X:POSition? :CALC:SEM:MARK10:X:POS 1001 Example :CALC:SEM:MARK10:X:POS? Notes The query returns the marker’s absolute X Axis value in trace points if the control mode is Normal, or the offset from the marker’s reference marker in trace points if the control mode is Delta.
  • Page 963 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement :CALCulate:SEMask:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:MODE POSition | OFF Remote Command :CALCulate:SEMask:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:MODE? :CALC:SEM:MARK:MODE POS Example :CALC:SEM:MARK:MODE? Notes Default Active Function: the active function for the selected marker’s current control mode. If the current control mode is OFF, there is no active function and the active function is turned off OFF|OFF|OFF|OFF|OFF|OFF|OFF|OFF|OFF|OFF|OFF|OFF Preset State Saved...
  • Page 964 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Marker Frequency This is the fundamental control that you use to move a marker around on the trace. This is the same as "Marker Frequency" on page 961 in the Settings tab. Marker Trace Selects the trace on which you want your marker placed.
  • Page 965 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Avg/Hold Num Toggles averaging On or Off, in addition to enabling you to set the number of measurement averages used to calculate the measurement result. The average is displayed at the end of each sweep. After the specified number of average counts, the average mode (termination control) setting determines the average action.
  • Page 966 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement SEM Terminal Count (Remote Command Only) Query only. Returns the terminal count that shows the target average number after Continue Averaging is pressed. Every time you press Continue Averaging, the terminal count increases to 2N, 3N and so on. The value is the same as the Avg|Hold Number unless Continue Averaging is pressed, and it is reset to match the Avg|Hold Number when Restart is pressed.
  • Page 967 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement :SEM:FILT? Dependencies WLAN: RRC Weight is not supported when the radio standard is WLAN 802.11ac (80+80MHz) Preset SA, LTE, LTETDD, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5G NR, WLAN, MSR: WCDMA: State Saved Saved in instrument state Range Integration BW|RRC Weighted RRC Filter Alpha...
  • Page 968 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Rule Option Description DRANge Best The instrument selects either swept or FFT analysis with the Dynamic primary goal of dynamic range optimization. If the dynamic range of Range swept and FFT is very close, then it chooses the faster one. In determining the Swept or FFT setting, the auto rules use the following approach: –...
  • Page 969 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state STD | MAN Range [:SENSe]:SEMask:LIMits STD | MAN Backwards Compatibility SCPI Notes aliases to aliases to Range Auto | Man [:SENSe]:SEMask:T80Mask:AUTO ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Backwards Compatibility SCPI [:SENSe]:SEMask:T80Mask:AUTO?
  • Page 970 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Grayed-out if Radio Standard is not 802.11a/g/j/p 20MHz, 802.11j/p 10MHz, 802.11p 5MHz The ETSI masks are grayed-out if Radio Standard is not 802.11j/p 10M IEEE Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Spur Avoidance Because VXT models M9410A/11A/15A are direct-conversion (zero-IF) receivers, feedthrough leakage from the local oscillator appears as a spurious signal (spur) at the center frequency.
  • Page 971 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Limits for Inner Offsets Since inner offsets are defined from the sub-block edges to the gap, limits from two sub-blocks overlap each other. Therefore the limit used for inner offsets are the cumulative sum of limits from the both sub-blocks. Offsets can have different RBWs, which must be compensated when accumulated.
  • Page 972 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Offset Freq Define Enables you to select offset frequency definition. Each standard defines each offset frequency from Carrier. For example, 3GPP2 requires the “Carrier Center to Meas BW Edge” definition. LTE conformance test requires “Carrier Edge to Meas BW Center” and/or “Carrier Edge to Meas BW Edge”...
  • Page 973 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement :SEM:OFFS:TYPE ETOC Example :SEM:OFFS:TYPE? Notes OFFSet1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS Note that Offset sub op code 2 is supported only in non-SA modes. In the SA mode, Offset sub op code 1 is used for both BTS and MS CTOCenter Preset...
  • Page 974 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:TYPE? :SEM:OFFS:TYPE ETOC Example :SEM:OFFS:TYPE? Notes OFFSet1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS RTOCenter Preset MSR: LTEAFDD, LTEATDD: ETOCenter State Saved Saved in instrument state Range Carrier Center to Meas BW Center|Carrier Center to Meas BW Edge|Carrier Edge to Meas BW Center- |Carrier Edge to Meas BW Edge|RF BW Edge to Meas BW Center|RF BW Edge to Meas BW Edge Mode: 5G NR Options: see...
  • Page 975 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Diagrams for Modes other than MSR, LTEAFDD/LTEATDD, 5G NR 5G NR Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
  • Page 976 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Diagrams for MSR, LTEAFDD/LTEATDD, 5G NR Offset Detector Enables you to control the detector for offsets. The following choices are available: AUTO The detector selected depends on marker functions, trace functions, average type, and the trace averaging function NORMal The detector determines the peak of the CW-like signals, and it yields alternating...
  • Page 977 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement averaging method depends upon the Average Type selection (voltage, power or log scales) POSitive The detector determines the maximum of the signal within the sweep points Peak SAMPle The detector indicates the instantaneous level of the signal at the center of the sweep points represented by each display point NEGative The detector determines the minimum of the signal within the sweep points...
  • Page 978 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Start Freq Specifies the start frequency for the currently selected offset. Also enables you to toggle that offset between On and Off. When sending the remote command, missing values are not permitted; that is, if you want to change values 2 and 6, you must send all values up to 6.
  • Page 979 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement When the max number of offsets is 6: SA Mode: ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, OFF WCDMA Mode: ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, OFF|ON, ON, ON, ON, OFF, OFF When the max number of offsets is 12 in these modes, the preset value of Offset G ~ L is the same as the Offset F value MSR Mode: ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF|ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF...
  • Page 980 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Radio Std Presets 80MHz) 240 MHz, 240 MHz, 240 MHz, 240 MHz, 240 MHz, 240 MHz 802.11ah(1MHz) 0.45 MHz, 0.6 MHz, 1 MHz, 1.5 MHz, 1.5 MHz, 1.5 MHz, 1.5 MHz, 1.5 MHz, 1.5 MHz, 1.5 MHz, 1.5 MHz, 1.5 MHz, 1.5 MHz, 1.5 MHz 802.11ah(2MHz) 0.9 MHz, 1.1 MHz, 2 MHz, 3 MHz, 3 MHz, 3 MHz, 3 MHz, 3 MHz, 3 MHz, 3 MHz, 3 MHz, 3 MHz, 3 MHz, 3 MHz...
  • Page 981 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Radio Std Presets 802.11a/g/j/p 20MHz (OFDM/DSSS- ON, ON, ON, ON, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFDM) OFF, OFF, OFF 802.11j/p 10MHz 802.11p 5MHz/802.11n (20MHz/40MHz) 802.11ac/ax/be (20 MHz/ 40 MHz/ 80 ON, ON, ON, ON, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF, MHz/ 160 MHz) OFF, OFF, OFF 802.11be (320 MHz)
  • Page 982 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement :SEM:OFFS:LIST:FREQ:STOP? Notes Comma separated list of values OFFSet1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS Note that Offset sub op code 2 is supported only in non-SA modes. In the SA mode, Offset sub op code 1 is used for both BTS and MS If the offset is outside of the frequency range, the result spectrum will be invalid Couplings...
  • Page 983 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Radio Std Presets 802.11ac (20MHz) 11 MHz, 20 MHz, 30 MHz, 40 MHz, 50 MHz, 50 MHz, 50 MHz, 50 MHz, 50 MHz, 50 MHz, 50 MHz, 50 MHz, 50 MHz, 50 MHz 802.11ac (40MHz) 21 MHz, 40 MHz, 60 MHz, 70 MHz, 100 MHz, 100 MHz, 100 MHz, 100 MHz, 100 MHz, 100 MHz, 100 MHz, 100 MHz, 100 MHz, 100 MHz...
  • Page 984 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Radio Std Presets MHz, 20 MHz, 20 MHz, 20 MHz, 20 MHz, 20 MHz 802.11be (320MHz) 160.5 MHz, 320 MHz, 480 MHz, 490 MHz, 800 MHz, 800 MHz, 800 MHz, 800 MHz, 800 MHz, 800 MHz, 800 MHz, 800 MHz, 800 MHz, 800 MHz Res BW Specifies which Resolution BW filter to use when measuring the currently selected offset.
  • Page 985 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement MHz, 1.000 MHz, 1.000 MHz, 1.000 MHz, 1.00 MHz When the max number of offsets is 12 in these modes, the preset value of Offset G ~ L is the same as the Offset F value LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5G NR Modes: 51 kHz, 100 kHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz | 15.0 kHz, 510 kHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz, 1.0 MHz...
  • Page 986 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Integration BW is desired resolution bandwidth and Resolution BW is actual bandwidth for sweep. Measurement sweeps with Resolution BW and Meas BW compensates sweep resolution bandwidth to Integration BW. If you set this value greater than 1, you can set Resolution BW narrower to avoid carrier power leakage effect to the offset power integration.
  • Page 987 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:BANDwidth:VIDeo:AUTO OFF | ON | Remote 0 | 1, … Command [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:BANDwidth:VIDeo:AUTO? :SEM:OFFS2:LIST:BAND:VID 3.00 kHz, 3.00 kHz, 3.00 kHz, 100.0 kHz,100.0 Example kHz, 100.0 kHz :SEM:OFFS2:LIST:BAND:VID? :SEM:OFFS2:LIST:BAND:VID:AUTO ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON :SEM:OFFS2:LIST:BAND:VID:AUTO? Notes Comma separated list of values...
  • Page 988 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement :SEM:OFFS2:LIST:BAND:VID:RAT? :SEM:OFFS2:LIST:BAND:VID:RAT:AUTO ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON :SEM:OFFS2:LIST:BAND:VID:RAT:AUTO? Notes Comma separated list of values OFFSet1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS Note that Offset sub op code 2 is supported only in non-SA modes. In the SA mode, Offset sub op code 1 is used for both BTS and MS Preset Modes other than LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5G NR, MSR, WLAN:...
  • Page 989 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Offset (Sweep) Accesses a menu that enables you to set up the sweep measurement parameters for offset pairs. Offset Freq Define Same as  "Offset Freq Define" on page 1889 under Offset (Bandwidth). Offset Detector Same as "Offset Detector"...
  • Page 990 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Notes Comma separated list of values OFFSet1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS Note that Offset sub op code 2 is supported only in non-SA modes. In the SA mode, Offset sub op code 1 is used for both BTS and MS Couplings When the sweep timeis set manually, Sweep Time Mode is set to...
  • Page 991 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement – When Sweep Time Mode is Auto, the sweep time is automatically calculated depending on the selected sweep type [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:SWEep:TYPE SWEep | FFT, … Remote Command [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:SWEep:TYPE? [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:SWEep:TYPE:AUTO ON | OFF | 1 | 0, …...
  • Page 992 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement You can turn off (not use) specific offsets with [:SENSe]:SEMask:OFFSet[n] [:OUTer]:LIST:STATe. – BOTH - Both of the negative (lower) and positive (upper) sidebands – NEGative - Negative (lower) sideband only – POSitive - Positive (upper) sideband only When sending the remote command, missing values are not permitted;...
  • Page 993 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement When the max number of offsets is 14: Mode WLAN: BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH, BOTH State Saved Saved in instrument state BOTH|NEGative|POSitive Range Limits Enables you to set the power limits for start and stop frequencies of the selected offsets.
  • Page 994 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Notes Comma separated list of values OFFSet1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS Note that Offset sub op code 2 is supported only in non-SA modes. In the SA mode, Offset sub op code 1 is used for both BTS and MS Preset When the max number of offsets is 6:...
  • Page 995 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Radio Std Presets 802.11ac/ax (80 MHz + -69.00 dBm, -69.00 dBm, -69.00 dBm, -69.00 dBm, -69.00 dBm, -69.00 80 MHz) dBm, -69.00 dBm, -69.00 dBm, -69.00 dBm, -69.00 dBm, -69.00 dBm, - 69.00 dBm, -69.00 dBm, -69.00 dBm 802.11ah (1MHz) 16.00 dBm, -4.00 dBm, -12.00 dBm, -60.00 dBm, -60.00 dBm, -60.00 dBm, -60.00 dBm, -60.00 dBm, -60.00 dBm, -60.00 dBm, -60.00 dBm, -60.00...
  • Page 996 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement limit is coupled to Abs Start to result in a flat limit line. If set to Man, Abs Start and Abs Stop take different values, resulting in a sloped limit line. The query returns values currently set to the offset stop absolute power limits. When sending the remote command, missing values are not permitted;...
  • Page 997 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement SA Mode: ON, OFF, ON, ON, ON, ON WCDMA Mode: ON, OFF, ON, ON, ON, ON|ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON LTE, LTETDD Modes: OFF, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON|ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON When the max number of offsets is 12 in these modes, the preset value of Offset G ~ L is the same as the Offset F value LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5G NR Modes: OFF, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON|ON, ON, ON,...
  • Page 998 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Radio Std Presets dBm, -63.00 dBm, -63.00 dBm, -63.00 dBm, -63.00 dBm, -63.00 dBm, - 63.00 dBm, -63.00 dBm, -63.00 dBm 802.11ah (4MHz) -4.00 dBm, -12.00 dBm, -24.00 dBm, -66.00 dBm, -66.00 dBm, -66.00 dBm, -66.00 dBm, -66.00 dBm, -66.00 dBm, -66.00 dBm, -66.00 dBm, - 66.00 dBm, -66.00 dBm, -66.00 dBm 802.11ah...
  • Page 999 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement Radio Std Presets ON, ON 802.11j/p 20M, j/p 10M, p5M OFF, OFF, OFF, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON, ON Rel Start Sets a relative power level limit at the start frequency for the selected offset. The relative power level limit ranges from –200 to +50 dBc.
  • Page 1000 3  5G NR Mode 3.5  SEM Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state Min/Max -200 dB/50 dB WLAN Mode Presets 802.11a/g 0 dB, -20.00 dB, -28.00 dB, -40.00 dB, -40.00 dB, -47.00 dB, -47.00 dB, - (OFDM/DSSS-OFDM) 47.00 dB, -47.00 dB, -47.00 dB, -47.00 dB, -47.00 dB, -47.00 dB, -47.00 dB 802.11b/g -30 dB, -50 dB, -50 dB, -50 dB, -50 dB, -50 dB, -50 dB, -50 dB, -50 dB, - (DSSS/CCK/PBCC)

This manual is also suitable for:

E6680aE6681aE751bM9410M9411aM9415a ... Show all